You are on page 1of 142

TRƯỜNG THPT THỦ ĐỨC

TỔ NGOẠI NGỮ

GV: LÊ MINH NGUYỆT

LỚP: 11A .................................................................................

HỌ VÀ TÊN: ..........................................................................

NĂM HỌC 2021 – 2022


(Lưu hành nội bộ)
UNIT 1 – FRIENDSHIP
PART 1: VOCABULARY
READING
1. capable (of) Adj /'keɪpəbl/ có thể, có khả năng
 incapable (of) Adj /'ɪn'keɪpəbl/ không thể
2. certain Adj /'sɜːtn/ chắc chắn
 uncertain Adj /ʌn'sɜːtn/ không chắc, hay thay đổi
 certainly Adv /'sɜːtnlɪ/ nhất định, chắc
certainty N /'sɜːtntɪ/ điều chắc chắn
 uncertainty N /ʌn'sɜ:tntɪ/ tính bất định, không chắc chắn
3. close Adj /kləʊs/ bền, chặt
4. common Adj /'kɒmən/ chung
5. constant Adj /'kɒnstənt/ kiên trì, kiên định, không thay đổi
 constancy N /'kɒnstənsɪ/ tính kiên định, sự chung thủy
 constantly Adv /'kɒnstənlɪ/
6. down Adj /daʊn/ chán nản, nản lòng, thất vọng
7. lifelong Adj /ˈlaɪflɒŋ/ suốt đời
8. loyal (to) Adj /'lɔɪəl/ trung thành
≠ disloyal không trung thành/ chung thủy,
phản bội
 loyalty N /'lɔɪəltɪ/ lòng trung thành
 loyally Adv /ˈlɔɪəli/
9. mutual Adj /'mjuːtʃʊəl/ lẫn nhau, chung
10. perfect Adj /'pɜ:fɪkt/ hoàn hảo
11. possible Adj /ˈpɒsɪb(ə)l/ có thể
≠ impossible /imˈpɒsɪb(ə)l/ không thể làm được
 possibility N /‚pɒsə'bɪlətɪ/ khả năng
≠ impossibility /ɪmˌpɒsɪˈbɪlɪti/ việ ckhông thể làm
 possibly Adv /'pɒsəblɪ/ có lẽ, có thể
≠ impossibly /ɪmˈpɒsɪbli/ không thể làm được
12. safe Adj /seɪf/ an toàn, chắc chắn
 safety N /'seɪftɪ/ sự/ tính an toàn, không nguy hiểm
 safely Adv /ˈseɪfli/ an toàn, chắc chắn, thận trọng
13. selfish Adj /'selfɪʃ/ ích kỷ
≠ unselfish /ʌnˈsɛlfɪʃ/ không ích kỷ
 selfishness N /'selfɪʃnɪs/ tính ích kỷ
≠ unselfishness /ʌnˈsɛlfɪʃnəs/ tính không ích kỷ
14. simple Adj /'sɪmpl/ đơn giản
 simply Adv /'sɪmplɪ/
 to simplify V /'sɪmplɪfaɪ/ đơn giản hóa
15. tired of Adj /'taɪə(r)d chán
16. true Adj /truː/ thật, thực, đúng
≠ untrue
 truth N /truːθ/ sự thật, lẽ phải, chân lý
 truly Adv /'truːlɪ/ thật, chân thành

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 2


 truthful = honest Adj /'truːθfʊl]/ thật thà, chân thật
≠ untruthful = dishonest /'ɒnɪst/
17. two-sided Adj /'tu:'saidid/ hai bên, hai mặt
18. a condition N /kən'dɪʃn/ điều kiện
19. a feature N /'fɪːtʃə(r)/ điểm đặc trưng
20. a friend N /frend/ người bạn
 friendship N /'fren(d)ʃɪp/ tình bản, tình hữu nghị
 friendly Adj /'fren(d)lɪ/ thân thiện, thân mật
≠ unfriendly /'ʌn'frendli/ không thân mật, không thân thiện
 friendliness N /'fren(d)lɪnɪs/ sự thân mật, sự thân thiện
≠ unfriendliness /'ʌn'frendlinis/ sự không thân mật
21. a poem N /'pəʊɪm/ bài thơ
 a poet N /'pəʊɪt/ nhà thơ, thi sĩ
 poetry N /'pəʊɪtrɪ/ thơ, nghệ thuật thơ
22. a quality N /'kwɒlətɪ/ phẩm chất
23. a rumour N /'ruːmə(r)/ tin đồn
24. a secret N /'sɪːkrɪt/ bí mật
25. an affair N /ə'feə/ mối quan hệ, vấn đề
26. an aim N /eɪm/ mục đích, mục tiêu
27. an object N /ˈɒbdʒɛkt/ đối tượng
28. benefit N /'benɪfɪt/ lợi, lợi ích
 beneficial Adj /‚benɪ'fɪʃl/ có ích, có lợi
29. enthusiasm N /ɪnˈθjuːzɪaz(ə)m/ sự hăng hái, nhiệt tình
 enthusiast N /ɪnˈθjuːzɪast/ người hăng hái, nhiệt tình, say mê
 enthusiastic Adj /ɪnˌθjuːzɪˈastɪk/ hăng hái, nhiệt tình, say mê
 enthusiastically Adv /ɪnˌθjuːzɪˈastɪkli/ phấn khởi, hăng hái
30. give-and-take N /ˌɡɪv ən ˈteɪk/ sự nhân nhương lẫn nhau, sự cho và
nhận
31. gossip N /'gɒsɪp/ chuyền tầm phào, ngồi lê đôi mách
32. interest N /'ɪntrɪst/ sự/ điều quan tâm, chú ý
 interested (in) Adj /'ɪntrɪstɪd/ có quan tâm, thích thú, chú ý
 interesting Adj /ˈɪnt(ə)rɪstɪŋ/ thú vị
33. sorrow N /'sɒrəʊ/ nỗi đau, sự buồn rầu
34. suspicion N /sə'spɪʃn/ sự nghi ngờ, sự ngờ vực
 suspicious Adj /sə'spɪʃəs/ đáng ngờ, khả nghi, đa nghi
 suspiciously Adv /səˈspɪʃəsli/ hay nghi ngờ, đáng ngờ
35. sympathy N /'sɪmpəθɪ/ sự thông cảm, đồng tình
 to sympathize (+ with sb/ sth) V /'sɪmpəθaɪz/ thông cảm, đồng tình
 sympathetic Adj /‚sɪmpə'θetɪk/ thông cảm, đồng tình
 sympathetically Adv /sɪmpəˈθɛtɪkli/
36. trouble N /'trʌbl/ điều lo lằng, phiền muộn
 troubled Adj /ˈtrʌb(ə)ld/ băn khoăn, lo lắng, bồn chồn
37. to acquaint V /ə'kweɪnt/ lam quen
 acquaintance N /əˈkweɪnt(ə)ns/ người quen
 acquainted (+ with) Adj /əˈkweɪntd/ quen biết, quen thuộc với
38. to attract V /ə'trækt/ thu hút, hấp dẫn

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 3


 attraction N /ə'trækʃn/ sức hút, sự thu hút
 attractive Adj /ə'træktiv/ thu hút, hấp dẫn
 attractively Adv /əˈtræktɪvli/ hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn
39. to base on V /beɪs/ dựa vào, căn cứ vào
40. to believe V /bɪ'liːv/ tin, tin tưởng
 belief N /bɪ'liːf/ lòng tin, đức tin
41. to brighten V /braɪtn/ làm tươi sáng
42. to change V /tʃeɪndʒ/ thay đổi
 change N /tʃeɪndʒ/ sự thay đổi, sự biến đổi
 changeable Adj /'tʃeɪndʒəbl/ dễ/ hay thay đổi
43. to concern V /kən'sɜːn/ quan tâm, liên quan
 concern N /kən'sɜːn/ sự lo lắng, lo âu
 concerned Adj /kən'sɜ:nd/ có liên quan, lo lắng
44. to exist V /ɪg'zɪst/ tồn tại
 existence N /ig'zistəns/ sự tồn tại, sự sống
 existent Adj /ig'zistənt/ tồn tại
45. to influence V /'ɪnflʊəns/ ảnh hưởng
 influential Adj /‚ɪnflʊ'enʃl/ có ảnh hưởng, có tác dụng
46. to insist (on) V /ɪn'sɪst/ khăng khăng, khẳng định
47. to last V /læst/ /lɑːst/ kéo dài, giữ lâu bền
48. to please V /plɪːz/ làm vui lòng, làm hài lòng
 pleasure N /'pleʒə(r)/ niềm vui thích, điều thích thú
 pleased Adj /plɪːzd/ hài lòng
 pleasing Adj /'plɪːzɪŋ/ dễ chịu, thú vị
49. to pursue V /pə'sju:/ theo, đuổi theo
pursuit N /pəˈsjuːt/ sự theo đuổi
50. to remain V /rɪ'meɪn]/ còn lại
51. to take up V tiếp nhận
52. to trust V /trʌst/ tin cậy, tín nhiệm
SPEAKING
53. calm Adj /kɑːm/ bình tĩnh, điềm tĩnh
54. caring Adj /'keərɪŋ/ chu đáo
55. crooked Adj /krʊkt/ (mũi) khoằm
56. eager Adj /'iːgə/ háo hức
57. generous Adj /'dʒenərəs/ rộng lượng, hào phóng
58. good-natured Adj /ˌɡʊdˈneɪtʃəd/ tốt bụng, hiền hậu
59. high Adj /haɪ/ cao
 height N /haɪt/ chiều cao, độ cao
60. hospitable Adj /ˈhɒspɪtəb(ə)l/ mến khách
/hɒˈspɪtəb(ə)l/
61. modest Adj /'mɒdɪst / khiêm tốn
≠ immodest /ɪ'mɒdɪst/ khiếm nhã, bất lịch sự
62. patient Adj /'peɪʃnt/ kiên nhẫn, nhẫn nại
63. pleasant Adj /'pleznt/ vui vẻ, dễ chịu, thú vị
64. quick-witted Adj /kwɪkˈwɪtɪd/ nhanh trí, ứng phó nhanh
65. sincere Adj /sɪnˈsɪə/ thành thật, chân thành

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 4


66. studious Adj /ˈstjuːdɪəs/ chăm học, siêng học
67. a forehead N /ˈfɔːhɛd/ trán
68. a physical characteristic N /'fɪzɪkl kærəktə'rɪstɪk/ ngoại hình
69. a prize N /praɪz/ giải thưởng
70. personality N /'pɜrsə'nælətɪ / nhân cách, tính cách
71. to admire V /əd'maɪə]/ khâm phục, ngưỡng mộ
 admirer N /ədˈmaɪərə/ người khâm phục, hâm mộ
 admiration N /‚ædmə'reɪʃn/ sự khâm phục, thán phục
 admirable Adj /'ædmərəbl/ đáng khâm phục
72. to agree V /ə'griː/ đồng ý, tán thành
≠ to disagree /‚dɪsə'griː/ bất đồng, không đồng ý
 agreement N /əˈɡriːm(ə)nt/ hiệp định, giao kèo, sự tán thành
≠ disagreement /‚dɪsə'grɪmənt/ sự bất đồng,
73. to interview V /'ɪntə(r)vjuː/ phỏng vấn
 an interview N /'ɪntə(r)vjuː/ cuộc/ bài phỏng vấn
 an interviewer N /ˈɪntəvjuːə/ người phỏng vấn
 an interviewee N /ɪntəvjuːˈiː/ ngư được phỏng vấn
LISTENING
74. difficult Adj /'dɪfɪkəlt/ khó khăn
 difficulty N /'dɪfɪkʌltɪ/ sự khó khăn, điều trở ngại
75. favourite Adj /'feɪvərɪt/ được mến chuộng, được ưa thích
76. a guitar N /ɡɪˈtɑː/ đàn ghita
 a guitarist N /gɪ'tɑːrɪst/ ngườic hơi đàn ghita
77. a residential area N /‚rezɪ'denʃl 'eərɪə/ khu dân cư
78. an apartment N /ə'pɑːtmənt/ căn hộ
79. humour N /'hjuːmə(r)/ sự hài hước, hóm hỉnh
 humourous Adj /ˈhjuːm(ə)rəs/ hài hước, hóm hỉnh
80. to happen V /'hæpən/ xảy ra, tình cờ
81. to introduce V /ɪntrəˈdjuːs/ giới thiệu
 introduction N /‚ɪntrə'dʌkʃn/ sự/ lời giới thiệu
82. to share V /ʃeə/ chia sẻ
WRITING
83. real Adj /rɪəl/ thực, có thực
≠ unreal /ʌnˈrɪəl/ không thực, không thực tế
84. a guideline N /ˈɡaɪdlaɪn/ hướng dẫn
85. to describe V /dɪ'skraɪb/ mô tả, miêu tả
 description N /dɪ'skrɪpʃn/ sự mô tả/ miêu tả
86. to imagine V /ɪ'mædʒɪn/ tưởng tượng, hình dung
 imagination N /ɪ‚mædʒɪ'neɪʃn/ sự/ sức/ trí tưởng tượng
 imaginative Adj /ɪ'mædʒɪnətɪv/ hay tưởng tượng, giàu tưởng tượng
 imaginary Adj /ɪ'mædʒənerɪ/ tưởng tượng, không có thực, ảo
LANGUAGE FOCUS
87. delighted Adj /dɪˈlaɪtɪd/ vui mừng, hài lòng
88. a briefcase N /ˈbriːfkeɪs/ cặp
89. jam N /dʒæm/ mứt
90. joke N /dʒəʊk/ lời/ câu nói đùa

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 5


91. to allow V /ə'laʊ/ cho phép
92. to catch V /kætʃ/ bắt lấy, tóm lấy
93. to jump V /dʒʌmp/ nhảy

PART 2: LANGUAGE FOCUS


TO-INFINITIVE with TO
1. Verbs + (not) to-infi

afford Có đủ tiền - We can’t afford to go abroad this summer.


agree Đồng ý - The teacher agrees to let us have a break.
appear Có vẻ - They appeared not to know what was happening.
A
arrange Sắp xếp - Sala arranges to see her doctor at 3p.m.
attempt Cố gắng - Jack attempts to answer all given questions.
ask Hỏi, yêu cầu - The customer asked to see my manager.
C choose Chọn - - They choose to travel by train.
decide Quyết định - - She decides not to stay up late.
D demand Đòi hỏi - Mr. John took the radio back to the shop demanded to have a refund.
determine Quyết tâm - - The children determine to win the game.
E expect Mong đợi - Sarah expects to learn one more foreign language.
F fail Thất bại - - She failed to get in to Art College.
happen Tình cờ - I happened to see Carol in Vincom center last night.
H
hesitate Do dự - Don’t hesitate to contact me if you have any questions.
hope Hy vọng - My uncle hopes to win the lottery.
L learn Học - My sister learned to knit a cardigan herself.
M manage Xoay sở - My team managed to submit the assignment on time.
O offer Tự nguyện - My son offers to wash the dishes after lunch.
plan Dự định - They don’t plans to build the new offices.

P pretend Giả vờ - I pretend to be asleep.


promise Hứa - He promises to pick me up at the airport.
R refuse Từ chối - Henry refused to discuss what had happened.
resolve Quyết tâm - He resolved not to tell her the truth.
S seem Dường như - They seem to know what he is doing.
T threaten Đe dọa - The kidnapper threatened to kill the victims.
want Muốn - My daughter wants to have some crispy fried chicken.
W wish Mong muốn - The customers wish to make some complaints on the bad service.
would like Muốn - My children would like to go to the cinema on the weekends.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 6


2. Verbs + Obj + (not) to-infi

advise * Khuyên - My mother advises me to go to bed before 11pm.


 I advise buying your tickets in advance before Tet holidays.
- The tour guide advised us not to swim too far from the shore.
 The tour guide advised us against swimming too far from the shore.
allow * Cho phép - His parents don’t allow him to stay out late
 The director doesn’t allow smoking in the hall.
ask Yêu cầu - They asked the children to complete a questionnaire.
( The children were asked to complete a questionnaire.)
enable Tạo điều kiện - This new programme will enable older people to study at college.
encourage Khuyến khích - Banks actively encourage people to borrow money.
 Modern technology encourages multitasking.
forbid Cấm - John forbids me to tell anyone about his secret.
force Bắt (ép buộc) - We can’t force Jack to make his decision.
invite Mời - Her family invited me to stay with them for a few weeks.
order Ra lệnh - The police order these people to leave the burning buildings.
permit * Cho phép - Visitors are not permitted to take photos.
 The teachers permit going out during break time.
persuade Thuyết phục - He has persuaded his parents to invest in his start-up projects.
recommend Khuyên, dặn - I wouldn’t recommend anybody to stay in that hotel.
* bảo  I wouldn’t recommend staying in that hotel.
remind Nhắc nhở - John reminded me to send him the details of the meeting.
request Yêu cầu - The leader requested all team members to join the training courses.
require * Yêu cầu - True marriage requires us to show trust and loyalty.

- According to the chefs, chickpeas require soaking for a long time before
cooking. (passive meaning)

- Cactuses do not require watering as much as other plants because of some


of their special features.
tell Bảo - There was a sign telling motorists to slow down.
urge Thúc giục - The authorities urged residents to stay indoors.
want Muốn - “Do you want me to help?” Jack asked the old lady.
warn Cảnh báo - He warns Bill to keep away from the dogs.
- He warned the visitors not to climb the mountain in such bad weather.
(He warned the visitors against climbing the mountain in such bad weather.)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 7


would like Muốn - I'll sing the verses and I'd like you all to join in the chorus.

3. Adj + (not) to-infi


a. Subject + be + Adj + to-infi
- happy, sad, relieved, afraid, eager, sorry, pleased, clever, lucky, prepared, delighted, determined,
(un)willing, …
We were happy to see you again.
Johnny is willing to help the homeless people.
Sarah is determined to invest in the project.
- easy, difficult,…
This problem is really difficult to solve.
b. Subject + find it + Adj + to-infi
interesting, boring, exhausting, (un)pleasant, , hard, (un)comfortable…
He finds it unpleasant to work in a noisy place.
Jack finds it difficult to learn a foreign language.
c. It + be + Adj + (for Obj) + to-infi
important, compulsory, essential, necessary, vital, common, normal, …
It is essential for doctors to check all possible causes of this illness.
It is compulsory for the students to wear the uniforms.
It is essential to save all victims of the earthquakes.
d. It + be + Adj + of Obj + to-infi
kind, careful, thoughtful, helpful, (im)polite,…
It was very kind of you to help my mother with those heavy bags.
It was polite of the children to greet everybody in the hall.

4. Enough/ too
a. Too … to…: quá… đến nỗi không V

be
become
get
S look too Adj (for Obj) To-inf
seem

V
S (thường) too Adv (for Obj) To-inf
- He seems too tired to review all the lessons for the up-coming exams.
- He is too lazy to help his sister with the housework.
- His theories are so difficult that I cannot comprehend them.  His theories are too difficult for
me to comprehend.
- He was so shocked that he could not speak.  He was too shocked to speak.
- He is so young that he cannot understand a complex theory like this.  He is too young to
understand a complex theory like this.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 8


b. Enough … to …: đủ … để mà V

Adj
enough
Adv
(for Obj) To-inf
enough Noun

- I don’t have enough money to buy an Iphone 12.


- She isn’t tall enough to reach the top shelf.
- She speaks English well enough to pass the first round of the interview.
- He is too young to vote.  He isn’t old enough to vote.
- He is so young that he cannot understand a complex theory like this.  He is not old enough to
understand a complex theory like this.

5. Verbs + Wh_ + To-inf


How
Who
What
Verbs Where To-inf
When
Why
Verbs: wonder, know, ask, show, learn, teach, decide, inform, remind, tell, …
- She wanted to know how to operate the washing machine.
- I wonder where to go for a picnic.
- He has instructed millions of people how to raise their children.
- Jane’s mother shown her how to cleanse her skin.
- They don’t know what to do to help the poor puppy.
- Tell me when to press the button.

6. It [cost/take] Obj + time/ money + to V


- It takes me 20 minutes to walk home from my school.
- It will take her 20 dollars to fix the fans.
- It costs Peter 5 million VND to pay for his tuition fee.

7. Express purpose: To/ in order (not) to/ so as (not) to V


Questions: What…for?
Ex:
- What do learn English for?  I learn English to work in an international company.
- What did Nick take a part-time job for?  Nick took a part-time job in order to pay for his tuition
fee.
- What does Mary get up so early for?  She got up early so as not to be late for her first interview.

TO-INFINITIVE without TO
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 9
(Bare infinitive)
1. Auxiliary verbs – Modal verbs
Do – don’t Can – could Must
Does – doesn’t
Did – didn’t May – might Ought (not) to
Will – would Had better (not)
Should – shall Would rather (not)

2. Verbs + Obj + Bare infi


make - The robber makes the cashier hand over the money.
 The cashier is made to hand over the money.  passive
let - Let me help you with the cleaning.
help - The college's aim is (to) help students achieve their aspirations.
have - He has the mechanic repair his car.
 He has his care repaired.  passive.

3. Sense verbs + Obj + V_ing/ Bare infinitive


- The infinitive without to often emphasizes the whole action or event which someone hears or
sees
- The -ing form usually emphasizes an action or event which is in progress or not yet completed.

Listen to - I didn’t hear anyone answer my phone.


Hear  I hear someone crying in the next room.
- I heard my brother singing in the bathroom. (I heard my brother as he was singing in the
bathroom.)
Look at - I saw the burglar climb over the fence and break into the house. (I saw that the burglar
See climbed over the fence and broke into the house.)
Watch I saw the burglar climbing over the fence. (I saw it as the burglar was climbing over the
Notice fence.)
Observe - She noticed him steal her money.
- I watched the woman come out of the house and get into a car.
Feel - I felt something bite my finger.
- I felt the ground shake once. (I felt it as the ground shook once.)
- I felt the ground shaking for about half a minute. (I felt that the ground was shaking.)
Taste .........................................................................................................................................
Smell - I smell something burning in this room.

PART 3: EXERCISES
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 10
I. Pronunciation: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. richest B. purchase C. machine D. cheese
2. A. question B. feature C. mutual D. constancy
3. A. education B. damage C. modest D. condition
4. A. chemistry B. such C. Christmas D. stomach
5. A. soldier B. belongings C. region D. gymnasium
6. A. switch B. catch C. match D. stomach
7. A. chapter B. choice C. characteristic D. challenge
8. A. intelligent B. studious C. nature D. hospitable
9. A. children B. machine C. change D. church
10. A. cheaper B. Christmas C. scholarship D. chemical
11. A. garage B. game C. against D. bridge
12. A. graduation B. bringing C. religion D. major
13. A. child B. French C. chemist D. which
14. A. match B. schedule C. such D. kitchen
15. A. such B. chip C. chaos D. charity
16. A. attraction B. relationship C. nation D. suggestion
17. A. imagine B. changeable C. general D. beginner
18. A. cheese B. children C. chemical D. teacher
19. A. question B. fortune C. champagne D. butcher
20. A. giraffe B. engineer C. eager D. tragic

II. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. mutual B. sorrow C. pursuit D. happen
2. A. intelligent B. studious C. favourite D. interesting
3. A. influence B. uncertain C. capable D. quality
4. A. honest B. sincere C. around D. success
5. A. affair B. eager C. rumour D. patient
6. A. suspicious B. generous C. constancy D. sympathy
7. A. intelligent B. impossible C. incapable D. hospitable
8. A. gossip B. between C. interest D. friendship
9. A. acquaintance B. capable C. sympathy D. interest
10. A. unselfish B. humorous C. acquaintance D. attraction

III. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. Jimmy is ______ of playing basketball because he is not tall enough. (capable)
2. They are both ______ about what to do next since they have no leader. (certain)
3. They are trying to keep the ______ of the temperature inside the laboratory room. (constant)
4. Good employees always prove their ______ to the company. (loyal)
5. Careful checks will reduce the ______ of unpleasant mistakes. (possible)
6. “Our relationship should be based on ______, not love”, Mary said. (friend)
7. Everyone expresses great ______ for the victims of the attack. (sympathetic)
8. Jane shows great ______ for the new project. (enthusiastic)
9. His strange behavior made the police ______. (suspicion)
10. We are searching for a place where children can play in ______. (safe)
11. The plane landed ______ after a heavy storm. (safe)
12. Jack ______ answered my question with a smile. (simple)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 11


13. Jenny became so disappointed to know the ______ of the matter. (true)
14. Sarah is ______ sorry for what she has done to us. (true)
15. Many students admire Mr. John because he is a kind and ______ teacher. (friend)
16. The producers are trying to reduce the environmentally ______ products. (friend)
17. Most schoolboys feel ______ in Maths and Information Technology. (interest)
18. This new tourist site is not ______ for visitors. (interest)
19. Students are already ______ with the work of some Vietnamese poets after this chapter. (acquaint)
20. She felt no ______ for him on their first date. (attract)
21. ______ person cannot have a lifelong friendship. (change)
22. Having been betrayed several times, Mark has no belief in the ______ of love. (exist)
23. Actually, Mark takes no ______ in looking for a job in marketing. (please)
24. Mary has travelled around the world in ______ of knowledge and her dreams. (pursue)
25. Your team’s contribution to the project was absolutely ______. (admire)
26. Many fans have great ______ for him as a songwriter. (admire)
27. Amy found this film extremely ______ in the best romantic comedy. (humour)
28. Joe starts his presentation with the ______ of new farming methods. (introduce)
29. The head manager is giving a detailed ______ of the procedure. (describe)
30. These students can create a number of paintings because they are so ______. (imagine)
31. The equator is an ______ line around the middle of the earth. (imagine)

IV. Verb form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets
1. Marry didn’t have enough time ______ (finish) her project.
2. The children are eager ______ (start) their new school year.
3. Mark makes her son ______ (wash) the car every weekend.
4. My mother never lets us ______ (stay) up too late.
5. It is important ______ (review) the lessons before going to school.
6. The table is too heavy for Jack ______ (move).
7. The secretary sent me an email ______ (inform) me about my interview.
8. My grandfather was so delighted ______ (see) his old friends again.
9. Anna would rather ______ (stay) at home than ______ (go) shopping with her sister.
10. Jack found it difficult ______ (make) friends when he was at high school.
11. These mothers watched their children ______ (play) in the playground.
12. It has become necessary ______ (save) money every month.
13. John gets his best friends ______ (go) to the cinema with him tonight.
14. They used ______ (be) good friends, but now they can’t get in touch with each other.
15. We watch our teacher ______ (explain) the instructions before doing these exercises.
16. I heard some people ______ (argue) in the next room.
17. It is very nice of Joe ______ (give) us a hand when we are in trouble.
18. I feel my heart ______ (beat) stronger when I see my crush.
19. My father never allow us ______ (play) video games over 2 hours a day.
20. “Can you manage ______ (finish) the final reports by yourself?”, my boss asked.
21. Henry really can’t afford ______ (buy) a new laptop.
22. Johnny saw his girlfriend ______ (cross) the road then started his car.
23. I tastes chocolate ______ (melt) in my mouth.
24. My husband decided ______ (buy) me a diamond ring on my birthday.
25. The boss required his secretary ______ (send) him the yearly reports.
26. The employees are made ______ (work) overtime.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 12


27. After finishing high school, I chose ______ (not go) to university.
28. The manager has arranged ______ (have) some personal meeting with his employees.
29. The lifeguard warn the children ______ (not swim) too far from the shore.
30. Some people saw this man ______ (fall) out of the fourth floor window.
31. They ought ______ (submit) their project tomorrow.
32. Would you like ______ (have) some drinks?
33. It is not easy ______ (find) a truly good friend.
34. You’d better ______ (take) a rest after this final examination.
35. Henry doesn’t know how ______ (operate) the dish washing machine.
36. Mary smelt something ______ (burn) in her office.
37. The ladder wasn’t long enough ______ (reach) the roof of the house.
38. Amy promised ______ (not smoke) any cigarettes.
39. We invited Martha ______ (join) our speaking club every Sunday morning.
40. Hannah showed no willingness ______ (help) this old man.

V. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


1. The graduates find it ______ difficult to search for a stable job nowadays.
A. impossibly B. constantly C. extremely D. loyally
2. If one only cares about his interests and feelings, he is very ______.
A. selfish B. loyal C. constant D. friendly
3. Friendship is more than hanging out together and ______ about other people.
A. sympathy B. influence C. believe D. gossiping
4. SYNONYM: Loyalty is one of the most important qualities of a lifelong friendship.
A. love B. agreement C. faith D. responsibility
5. People say that there must be ______ respect for one another between true friends.
A. capable B. mutual C. common D. social
6. There would be no ______ friendship between selfish people.
A. loyal B. troubled C. trust D. true
7. Terrible results of the examination were a great ______ to Andrew.
A. pursuit B. happiness C. joys D. sorrow
8. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Working with such an understood person like Robert is so comfortable.
A. understood B. with C. is D. such
9. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: I made friend with Lily when she was on her first trip to Vietnam.
A. to B. was C. friend D. with
10. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Where constancy and sympathy do not exist, friendship is
impossibility.
A. constancy B. impossibility C. exist D. sympathy
11. Lucas achieves remarkable success because he has always been ______ to his principles in life.
A. unselfish B. sympathetic C. trust D. loyal
12. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Some people are incapable in keeping their friendship last long.
A. last B. in C. keeping D. are
13. Young students are ______ of working for long hours by themselves.
A. incapable B. interested C. satisfied D. concerned
14. They really admire the ______ between John and Hannah.
A. friendship B. acquaintance C. enthusiasm D. selfishness
15. Kayla never loses her ______ for teaching English to young children.
A. loyal B. enthusiasm C. constant D. sorrows

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 13


16. True friends had better ______ about each other’s dreams and feelings.
A. trust B. care C. pursue D. sympathize
17. Never believe all the ______ you hear or you will lose trust in life.
A. speeches B. rumours C. tales D. talks
18. Thanks to Facebook, people now have many ______, but very few true friends.
A. acquaintances B. enemy C. customers D. relatives
19. SYNONYM: For friendship to be close and lasting, friends must have some special qualities.
A. changeable B. ending C. permanent D. temporary
20. SYNONYM: You can trust Tom to look after your garden when you’re away.
A. take up B. sympathize C. believe D. concern

VI. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences, using the given words
1. The sea was warm, so we can swim in it. (enough)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. He speaks very fast, so we can’t understand him. (too)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
3. John can’t hand in his project because he doesn’t have enough time. (enough)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
4. Mary was so tried that she can’t work overtime. (too)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
5. The children are so naughty that their teachers can’t control them. (too)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
6. Anna couldn’t go for a picnic because of her parents. (let)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
7. I don’t feel like playing video games all day.
 I have no desire ..................................................................................................................................
8. You shouldn’t stay up too late so often. (advise)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
9. I’ll send you another copy of the report if you want.
 Would you like ..................................................................................................................................
10. The coffee is too hot for Jenny to drink. (enough)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
11. You shouldn’t drink too much coffee. (warned)
 Justice ...............................................................................................................................................
12. The teacher wouldn’t let these students leave early. (refuse)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
13. You mustn’t finish the work right now. (necessary)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
14. The garden isn’t big enough for these students to play in. (too)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 14
15. The fire brigade succeeded in putting the fire out after one hour. (manage)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................

VII. Complete the sentences with appropriate prepositions


1. Ann has made friends ______ a lovely girl who lives next door.
2. The children are capable ______ learning a second language during their first years.
3. Good friendship must based ______ trust and sympathy.
4. Joana brightened ______ when she thought of her parents’ words of encouragement.
5. A selfish friend is always concerned ______ his own interests.
6. People usually take up new interests ______ great enthusiasm.
7. Good employees should be loyal ______ their company.
8. There should be no suspicions ______ two good friends.
9. There must be s perfect sympathy ______ the other’s joys and sorrow.
10. An unselfish friend always helps people ______ thinking of his own benefits.

VIII. Cloze text: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage
I have several good friends but I suppose that my best friend is Lan. We have been friends with each
other (1)______ we were very young because she used (2)______ next door to me. We have always been in
the same class at school although she has been much more intelligent than me. I do not (3)______ though,
because she often helps me with my homework. Anyway, I have always been better at sports (4)______ she
is. I always beat her at badminton, and she does not like that. (5)______ fact, she hates losing at anything
and gets very (6)______ if she does. That’s the thing I do not like about her. Otherwise, she has a sense of
(7)______ and she is always making me (8)______. We get on very well together, although occasionally we
have had arguments usually about silly things. Lan and her family (9)______ to another district last year but
I still see her a lot. We are planning (10)______ on a trip to the beach next summer, I am looking forward to
it because I think we will have a lot of fun.
1. A. when B. for C. as D. since
2. A. living B. live C. to live D. to living
3. A. take up B. take C. mind D. change
4. A. as B. to C. on D. than
5. A. in B. on C. at D. with
6. A. honest B. annoyed C. modest D. comfortable
7. A. humour B. pride C. freedom D. achievement
8. A. to laughing B. laughing C. to laugh D. laugh
9. A. move B. moved C. had moved D. have moved
10. A. to going B. to go C. go D. going

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 15


UNIT 2 – PERSONAL EXPERIENCES
PART I - VOCABULARY
READING
1. extreme Adj /ɪk'striːm/ Cực độ
 extremely Adv /iks'tri:mli/ Cực kỳ, cực đội[‘
2. floppy Adj /flɒpɪ/ Mềm, nhẹ
3. pretty Adj /'prɪtɪ/ Xinh đẹp, kha khá
4. sneaky Adj /'snɪːkɪ/ Vụng trộm, lén lút
 sneakily Adv /ˈsniːkili/
5. sure Adj /ʃʊə/ Chắc, chắc chắn
 surely Adv /ˈʃʊəli/ Chắc chắn, rõ ràng
 ensure V /ɪn'ʃʊə/ Bảo đảm
6. at once Adv /wʌns/ Ngay lập tức
7. a fuss N /fʌs/ Sự ồn ào
 make a fuss V Làm om sòm, gây ồn ào
8. a situation N /‚sɪtjʊ'eɪʃn/ Tình cảnh, hoàn cảnh
9. a thief N /θɪːf/ Kẻ trộm
10. a wad N /wɒd/ Nắm/ xấp (tiền)
11. an idol N /'aɪdl/ Thần tượng
12. noise N /nɔɪz/ Tiếng ồn
 noisy Adj /'nɔɪzɪ/ ồn ào, om sòm
 noisily Adv /'nɔɪzɪlɪ/ ồn ào
13. to care V /keə/ Chăm sóc
 caring Adj /'keərɪŋ/ Chu đáo
 careful Adj /'keəfʊl/ Cẩn thận, thận trọng
 carefulness N /'keərflnɪs/ Sự thận trọng
 carefully Adv /ˈkeəf(ə)li/ Cẩn thận, chu đáo
 careless Adj /'keəlɪs/ Cẩu thả, bất cẩn
 carelessness N /'keələsnɪs/ Sự thiếu thận trọng, sự cẩu thả
 carelessly Adv /ˈkeəlɪsli/ Cẩu thả, bất cẩn
14. to complain V /kəm'pleɪn/ Phàn nàn, than phiền
 complaint N /kəm'pleɪnt/ Lời than phiền/ phàn nàn
15. to decide V /dɪ'saɪd// Quyết định
 decision N /dɪ'sɪʒn/ Sự quyết định, tính kiên quyết
 decisive Adj /dɪ'saɪsɪv/ Kiên quyết, dứt khoát
16. to discover V /dɪ'skʌvə/ Khám phá, phát hiện
 discovery N /dɪ'skʌvərɪ/ Sự khám phá
17. to embarrass V /ɪm'bærəs/ Làm lúng túng, làm ngượng nghịu
 embarrassment N /ɪmˈbærəsmənt/ Sự lúng túng, tình trạng bối rối
 embarrassing Adj /im'bærəsiɳ/ Làm lúng túng, gây bối rối
 embarrassed Adj /im'bærəst/ Lúng túng, bối rối, ngượng
18. to excite V /ɪk'saɪt/ Kich động
 excitement N /ik'saitmənt/ Sự kích động, sự sôi nổi, sự nhộn nhịp
 excited Adj /ik'saitid/ Sôi nổi, bị kích động
 exciting Adj /ik'saitiɳ/ Lý thú, làm say mê

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 16


19. to experience V /ɪk'spɪərɪəns/ Trải nghiệm, trải qua
 experience N /ɪk'spɪərɪəns/ Kinh nghiệm, trải nghiệm
 experienced Adj /iks'piəriənst/ Giàu kinh nghiệm, từng trải
20. to get on V Leo lên (phương tiện giao thông)
21. to glance (at) V /ɡlɑːns/ Liếc nhìn, liếc qua
22. to imagine V /ɪ'mædʒɪn/ tưởng tượng, hình dung
 imagination N /ɪ‚mædʒɪ'neɪʃn/ sự/ sức/ trí tưởng tượng
 imaginative Adj /ɪ'mædʒɪnətɪv/ hay tưởng tượng, giàu tưởng tượng
 imaginary Adj /ɪ'mædʒənerɪ/ tưởng tượng, không có thực, ảo
23. to imitate V /'ɪmɪteɪt/ Noi gương, bắt chước
 imitation N /‚ɪmɪ'teɪʃn/ Sự noi gương, sự bắt chước
24. to look into V Điều tra, xem xét
25. to notice V /'nəʊtɪs/ Chú ý, để ý
26. to pay for V /peɪ/ Trả tiền cho
27. to point (to) V /pɔɪnt/ Hướng về
28. to reply V /rɪ'plaɪ/ Trả lời, đáp lại
29. to show V /ʃəʊ/ Cho xem, trưng bày
30. to sit down V /sɪt daʊn/ ngồi xuống
31. to steal – stole – stolen V /stɪːl/ Ăn cắp, ăn trộm
32. to wear – wore - worn V /weə/ Mang, đeo, mặc
SPEAKING
33. native Adj /'neɪtɪv/ (thuộc) nơi sinh, bản xứ
34. serious Adj /ˈsɪərɪəs/ Nghiêm trọng, nghiêm trang
 seriously Adv /ˈsɪərɪəslɪ/
35. a turtle N /'tɜ:tl/ Con rùa
36. an attitude N /'ætɪtjuːd/ Thái độ, quan điểm
37. fame N /feɪm]/ tiếng tăm, danh tiếng
 famous Adj /'feɪməs/ nổi tiếng
 famously Adj /'feiməsli/
38. to affect V /ə'fekt/ ảnh hưởng, tác động
39. to appreciate V /ə'priːʃɪeɪt/ Đánh giá
 appreciation N /ə‚priːʃɪ'eɪʃn/ sự đánh giá
40. to come up (to) V /kʌm/ tới gần, đến gần
41. to fail V
42. to interest V /'ɪntrɪst/ Làm quan tâm, làm cho chú ý
 interest N /'ɪntrɪst/ sự quan tâm, chú ý
 interested (in) Adj /'ɪntrɪstɪd/ Có quan tâm, có chú ý
 interesting Adj /'intrɪstɪɳ/ Thú vị
43. to jumble V /'dʒʌmbl/ trộn/ làm lộn xộn
44. to match V /mætʃ/ Làm cho phù hợp
LISTENING
45. selfish Adj /'selfɪʃ/ ích kỷ
≠ unselfish /ʌnˈsɛlfɪʃ/ không ích kỷ
 selfishness N /'selfɪʃnɪs/ tính ích kỷ
≠ unselfishness /ʌnˈsɛlfɪʃnəs/ tính không ích kỷ
46. a gas stove N /gæs stəʊv/ bếp ga

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 17


47. memory N /'memrɪ/ sự nhớ, trí nhớ, kí ức
 to memorize V /'meməraɪz/ Ghi nhớ, ghi chép, thuộc lòng
 memorization N /¸memərai´zeiʃən/ sự học thuộc lòng, sự ghi nhớ
 memorable Adj /'memərəbl/ Đáng ghi nhớ, không quên được
 memorial Adj /mɪ'mɔːrɪəl/ để ghi nhớ, để kỉ niệm
48. to destroy V /dɪ'strɔɪ/ Phá hoại, phá hủy
 destruction N /dɪˈstrʌkʃ(ə)n/ sự phá hủy, tình trạng bị tàn phá
 destructive Adj /dɪˈstrʌktɪv/ Phá hoại, hủy diệt, tàn phá
 destructively Adv /dɪˈstrʌktɪvli/
49. to escape V /ɪ'skeɪp/ trốn thoát, thoát khỏi
50. to forget V /fə(r)'get/ Quên, không nhớ đến
 forgettable Adj /fəˈɡɛtəbl/ Có thể quên được
≠ unforgettable /‚ʌnfə(r)'getəbl/ Không thể quên được
 forgetful (of) Adj /fə(r)'getfʊl/ Hay quên, có trí nhớ tồi
51. to grow up V /grəʊ/ lớn lên
52. to lose – lost - lost V /luːz/ mất, bỏ lỡ, thua
53. to owe V /əʊ/ nợ
54. to protect V /prə'tekt/ bảo vệ, che chở
 protection N /prə'tekʃn/ sự bảo vệ, sự bảo trợ
 protective Adj /prəˈtɛktɪv/ bảo vệ, bảo hộ, che chở
 protectively Adv /prə'tektɪvlɪ/
55. to replace V /rɪ'pleɪs/ Thay thế
 replacement N sự thay thế, vật/ người thay thế
/rɪ'pleɪsmənt/
56. to rescue V /'reskjuː/ cứu, cứu thoát, cứu nguy
 rescuer N người cứu hộ
/'reskjuːə(r)/
57. to scream V /skrɪːm/ Hét lên
58. to terrify V /'terɪfaɪ/ Làm khiếp sợ, làm kinh hãi
 terror N /'terə(r) sự kinh hãi, mối kinh hãi
 terrified Adj /'terɪfaɪd/cảm thấy khiếp sợ, kinh hãi
 terrifying Adj Làm khiếp sợ
LANGUAGE FOCUS
59. expensive Adj /ɪkˈspɛnsɪv/ đắt tiền
≠ inexpensive /ɪnɪkˈspɛnsɪv/ không đắt tiền, rẻ
60. fine Adj /faɪn/ tốt. đẹp
61. a cottage N /'kɒtɪdʒ/ Nhà (ở nông thôn)
62. a package N /'pækɪdʒ/ Gói đồ, kiện hàng
63. a purse N /pɜːs/ Ví (nữ)
64. an arm N /ɑːm/ Cánh tay
65. an attention N /ə'tenʃn/ sự chú ý
66. to bake V /beɪk/ Nướng bằng lò
67. to break out V /breɪk aʊt/ bộc phát, bùng nổ
68. to carry V /'kærɪ/ Mang, vác, khuân, chở
69. to contain V /kən'teɪn/ chứa đựng, bao hàm
70. to cost V /kɒst/ trị giá
71. to invite V /ɪn'vaɪt/ mời
 invitation N /‚ɪnvɪ'teɪʃn/ lời mời, giấy mời

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 18


72. to marry V /'mærɪ/ cưới, kết hôn
= to get married to
73. to notice V /'nəʊtɪs]/ Chú ý, để ý
74. to promise V /'prɒmɪs/ hứa
75. to set off V /set ɒf/ Lên đường
76. to shine V /ʃaɪn/ chiếu sang, tỏa sáng
77. to wave V /weɪv/ vẫy tay

PART II - EXERCISES
I. Pronunciation: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. bank B. angry C. finger D. solemn
2. A. stronger B. single C. hungry D. change
3. A. know B. sneaky C. hungry D. listen
4. A. autumn B. money C. into D. change
5. A. language B. hunger C. invite D. angle
6. A. attention B. anger C. English D. think
7. A. column B. gone C. snow D. expensive
8. A. many B. danger C. strange D. think
9. A. hand B. band C. sand D. bank
10. A. single B. sing C. unforgettable D. uncle

1. A. refused B. intended C. excited D. completed


2. A. celebrates B. jokes C. talks D. blows
3. A. acknowledged B. discovered C. organized D. experienced
4. A. asked B. experienced C. helped D. shared
5. A. tries B. flies C. hides D. matches
6. A. counted B. mentioned C. rescued D. saved
7. A. finishes B. kisses C. invites D. watches
8. A. answered B. stayed C. called D. marked
9. A. married B. provided C. clapped D. invited
10. A. marks B. lasts C. calls D. coughs
11. A. opened B. tidied C. finished D. happened
12. A. sings B. receives C. makes D. remembers
13. A. catches B. chooses C. fishes D. decorates
14. A. terrified B. affected C. protected D. demanded
15. A. agreed B. concerned C. organized D. expected
16. A. decorates B. invites C. claps D. demands
17. A. chases B. wishes C. dances D. decides
18. A. hugged B. loved C. lasted D. served
19. A. worries B. knows C. meets D. stays
20. A. practiced B. slipped C. danced D. decided

II. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. attitude B. interview C. decision D. realize
2. A. experience B. appreciate C. forgettable D. inexpensive
3. A. different B. teenager C. serious D. exactly
4. A. floppy B. destroy C. summer D. notice

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 19


5. A. protect B. recue C. really D. idol
6. A. excited B. embarrass C. personal D. imagine
7. A. expensive B. memorial C. embarrassed D. terrible
8. A. famous B. country C. exam D. native
9. A. happen B. decide C. sneaky D. quickly
10. A. afternoon B. apartment C. attention D. computer

III. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. Peter found it ______ impossible to finish his report on time. (extreme)
2. Mary always complains ______ about everything. (noise)
3. These drivers were so ______ that they had caused a terrible car accident. (care)
4. We should be totally ______ when handling chemicals. (care)
5. The most common ______ is about the attitude of the staff. (complain)
6. Each team leader must come to a ______ about what to do next on the campaign. (decide)
7. Researchers are happy to have made a number of important ______. (discover)
8. Slipping over on the land in front of a lot of people is so ______. (embarrass)
9. In her ______ , Anna cheered and clapped her hands. (excite)
10. The film was so ______that the children wanted to see one more time. (excite)
11. Tommy appeared to be fully ______in looking for missing pets . (experience)
12. The ______ of human being is unlimited. (imagine)
13. The victims of the bomb attack were ______ injured. (serious)
14. Anna has become nationally ______ for her novels. (famous)
15. Mary shows a little ______ of traditional and folk music. (appreciate)
16. Hannah tried to ______ these poems before going to school. (memory)
17. The ______ of the rainforests has led to a number of natural disasters. (destroy)
18. The ______ (destroy) power of modern weapons would be unimaginable.
19. The interesting background music makes the movie so ______. (forget)
20. We should wear clothes that provide effective ______ against the sunlight. (protect)
21. We need an ______ accountant to do the job, not a fresh graduate. (experience)
22. Jack ______looked into Mary’s diary while she was away. (sneak)
23. It is often ______ to make a speech in front of people for the first time. (embarrass)
24. Some children are very ______. They can imagine some special friends that they don’t really have.
(imagine)
25. The ______ of the natural environment must be the ______ of everyone. (protect- responsible)
26. I’d like to give your team these presents as a mark of ______ what you have done for our company.
(appreciate)
27. His rudeness has caused a number of ______ for his wife at the party. (embarrass)
28. Many people don’t want to make friends with Andrew due to his ______look. (sneak)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 20


29. You should look the word up in the dictionary for its ______ meaning. (exactly)
30. Workers should wear ______ gloves to minimize injuries. (protect)

IV. Verb form: Complete the sentences with the correct past forms of the verbs in the brackets
1. When the ship ______ the reef, most of the crew ______ cards, and the passengers ______ dinner. (hit –
play – have)
2. The smoke alarm ______ when Tom ______ a cigarette underneath it. (go off – light)
3. Julia ______ several computer dating agencies by the time she ______ and ______ in love with George.
(try – meet – fall)
4. When I ______ in Paris, I ______ three hours a day travelling to and from work. (live – spend)
5. Helen ______ her leg when she ______ in Switzerland. (break – ski)
6. Mark ______ the cake out of the oven and carefully ______ it on the table. (take – place)
7. As Anna was introduced to Mr. John, she ______ that she ______ him before. (realize – meet)
8. By the time I ______ back to the bathroom, the bathtub ______. (get – overflow)
9. At the conference, the marketing manager reported that they ______ a survey successfully. (conduct)
10. After the children ______ all the food, they ______ to play football together. (eat – start)
11. Sharon eventually ______ the job she ______ last year, although she ______ the year before. (find –
want – graduate)
12. Victoria ______ for an hour when the doctor finally ______. (wait – arrive)
13. After Peter ______ a bath, he ______ her supper. (have – have)
14. Alice ______ thirsty because she ______ some ice lemon tea. (not be – drink)
15. When Mark ______ a child, he always ______ to do the most dangerous things. (be – want)
16. The driver ______ a drink in a café when someone ______ his lorry away. (have – drive)
17. Yesterday evening, Susan ______ the phone immediately because she ______ to finish some work. (not
answer – try)
18. ______ you ______ Tom last night? He ______ a very old pair of jeans at that time. (see – wear)
19. After Johnny ______ from his political life, he ______ to write his autobiography. (retire – begin)
20. By the time we ______ to the station, the train ______. (get – leave)
21. Before he ______ 14, Mozart ______ a few piece for the piano. (turn – compose)
22. He usually ______ very hard, but he ______ at all yesterday because he was on vacation. (work – not
work)
23. That man ______ out of the bank and he ______ a large bag full of money at 3pm yesterday. (run –
carry)
24. After Richard ______ work, he ______ home. (finish – come)
25. I ______ television when the phone ______ (watch – ring)
26. Last night Amanda ______ to the radio when she ______ strange noise downstairs. (listen – hear)
27. Before she ______ her school, Celia ______ goodbye to all her friends. (leave – say)
28. Tom ______ out of the tree when he ______ it. (fall – climb)
29. Diana ______ hospital treatment for a year before the doctors finally ______ her their diagnosis. (receive
– tell)
30. When the doctor ______ at the scene of the accident, he ______ that the victim ______. (arrive – realize
– still/ breathe)

V. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


1. Teachers always advise students to be ______ when speaking to a native speaker.
A. embarrassed B. excited C. confident D. surprised
2. There are several witnesses who express ______ in the man’s sincerity.
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 21
A. concern B. loyal C. confidence D. honest
3. Alisa showed her ______ by asking unimportant questions.
A. untruthful B. inexperience C. incapable D. dishonest
4. Harry has such a very outgoing ______ that he can easily make friends with strangers.
A. appearance B. characteristics C. personality D. character
5. Andrew ______ to a supermarket where an old bookstore used to stand.
A. showed B. pointed C. looked D. glanced
6. Amy made a big ______ about not having a window seat on the plane.
A. fuss B. interest C. complaint D. excitement
7. I felt my face burning with ______ when I fell out of the chair.
A. confidence B. pleasure C. embarrassment D. enthusiasm
8. SYNONYM: Try to stay calm because all the worry can affect your mind.
A. influence B. destroy C. effect D. forget
9. SYNONYM: I believe that everyone has had their own unforgettable experience in their life.
A. acceptable B. comfortable C. memorable D. terrifying
10. Losing my beloved dog was such a sad ______ that I tried to forget.
A. memory B. interest C. confidence D. imagination
11. SYNONYM: Lee doesn’t have many friends because of a sneaky look on his face.
A. incapable B. furious C. humorous D. dishonest
12. There is a growing tendency among singers to ______ other famous singers.
A. imitate B. pursue C. follow D. reflect
13. The novel is based on Ella’s ______ in her first love.
A. images B. situations C. attitude D. experience
14. Jack’s ______ towards work has been changed recently; he has become more co-operative.
A. mind B. styles C. level D. attitude
15. Teenagers always have their own ______ who they admire very much.
A. idols B. dreams C. images D. hobbies
16. The position needs the skills of a suitably ______ engineer.
A. embarrassed B. excited C. interested D. experienced
17. SYNONYM: Mark had a glance at the article but he hasn’t read it yet.
A. close look B. closer look C. direct look D. quick look
18. An only child often creates an ______ friend to play with.
A. forgettable B. imaginary C. imaginative D. selfish
19. Thanks so much! We really ______ what you have done for us recently.
A. experience B. appreciate C. congratulate D. admire
20. Have you ever got any ______ experience in which you felt so foolish and just wanted to run away as
quickly as you could?
A. shocking B. embarrassing C. exciting D. interesting

VI. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences, using the given words
1. Henry started working in this company 5 years ago. (worked)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. Sue has been in Italy for the last three weeks. (went)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
3. I met Mary during my stay in New York last summer. (while)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 22
4. We haven’t gone to the cinema for one year. (It’s)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
5. How long is it since they went to Maldives? (When)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
6. Nicky is still working on his research. (stopped)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
7. In the middle of our dinner, there was a knock on the door. (when)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
8. Andrew last went swimming two months ago. (gone)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
9. Vanessa had been here for two hours, he was still waiting. (waiting)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
10. Taylor hasn’t seen Scott for ages. (since)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
11. Jack left the office before I arrived. (after)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
12. During our lunch, someone rang the bell. (when)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
13. I haven’t been to the dentist for six months.(It’s)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
14. She has studied Japanese for 5 years. (started)
 ............................................................................................................................................................
15. He did all his work and then he went home. (after)
 ............................................................................................................................................................

VII. Complete the sentences with appropriate prepositions


1. Jenna was so shy that she didn’t look ______ the boy ______ his face. She just glanced 1______ him and
looked ______.
2. Jack got ______ the bus and sat ______ next ______ a beautiful girl.
3. How much did you pay ______ this cell phone?
4. Jimmy pointed ______ the dog when it ran ______ his girlfriend.
5. Janet was walking ______ Vo Van Ngan street when an English boy came up ______ her and asked the
way ______ the next bus stop.
6. ______ my experience, few students can find a stable in their first year after graduation.
7. We complained ______ the manager ______ the bad service.
8. You should have more confidence ______ your speaking skills.
9. Amber showed his new toy car ______ his friends.
10. The fire got started in the kitchen because Ann forgot to turn the gas stove ______.

VIII. Cloze text: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 23


I used (1)______ into the countryside to sketch animals and plants, carrying my drawing materials in
a bag. This day I (2)______ across a field, looking for rabbits to draw. Lost in thought, I had not noticed a
bull (3)______ towards me. About one hundred meters ahead was a tree under which I intended to sit and
draw. Suddenly, I heard a noise behind me. I turned and saw the bull, I knew that a bull cannot (4)______
clearly and notices only shape and movement. I did not panic but (5)______ towards the tree, keeping the
tree, myself and the bull in a straight line. To distract the bull, I then threw my bag to the right, so it was out
of the line of the tree. The bull saw this sudden movement and (6)______ towards the bag. I reached the tree
and climbed up it. From there I watched the bull (7)______ my bag with its horns and feet. It continued to do
this for fifteen minutes; I was very pleased (8)______ up the tree. Eventually, the bull was satisfied and
(9)______ off. I waited until it was a very long way off and then got down from the tree and picked up my
bag. I (10)______ the field as fast as I could and looked inside my bag. Everything in it was totally ruined.
1. A. to going B. going C. go D. to go
2. A. was walking B. walked C. walks D. had walked
3. A. running B. was running C. to run D. run
4. A. seeing B. to see C. see D. sees
5. A. running B. had run C. ran D. run
6. A. was heading B. heading C. headed D. had headed
7. A. to attacking B. attack C. attacking D. to attack
8. A. be B. to be C. being D. to being
9. A. move B. had moved C. moves D. moved
10. A. was leaving B. leaves C. had left D. left

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 24


UNIT 3 – A PARTY
PART I - VOCABULARY

READING
1. perhaps Adv /pə(r)'hæps/ có lẽ, có thể
2. a candle N /'kændl/ cây nến
3. a milestone N /'maɪlstəʊn/ sự kiện quan trọng
4. an adult N /'ædʌlt/ người lớn
5. an anniversary N /‚ænɪ'vɜːsərɪ/ ngày kỷ niệm, lễ kỉ niệm
6. to blow out V /bləʊ aʊt/ thổi (nến)
7. to celebrate V /'selɪbreɪt/ kỷ niệm, làm lễ kỷ niệm
 celebrant N /'selɪbrənt/ người tồ chức tiệc
 celebration N /‚selɪ'breɪʃn/ sự kỷ niệm, sự ca tụng
8. to go out V /gəʊ aʊt/ đi ra ngoài
9. to joke V /dʒəʊk/ nói đùa, giễu cợt
 a joke N /dʒəʊk/ lời nói đùa, trò đùa
10. to mark V /mɑːk/ đánh dấu, ghi dấu
 to mark a milestone V đánh dấu mốc quan trọng
11. to marry V /'mærɪ/ kết hôn, cưới
= to get married to
 married Adj /'mærɪd/ đã lập gia đình
12. to receive V /rɪ'sɪːv/ nhận, thu
13. to relate V /rɪ'leɪt/ liên hệ, liên kết
 relationship N /rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/ mối quan hệ
 a relation /rɪ'leɪʃn/ họ hàng
= a relative /'relətɪv/
14. to remember V /rɪ'membə(r)/ nhớ, ghi nhớ
SPEAKING
15. formal Adj /'fɔːml/ trang trọng
≠ informal /ɪn'fɔ:ml/ không trang trọng, không chính thức
16. a budget N /'bʌdʒɪt/ ngân sách
17. an occasion N /ə'keɪʒn/ dịp, cơ hội
 occasional Adj /ə'keɪʒənl/ thỉnh thoảng
 occasionally Adv /ə'keɪʒnəlɪ/ thỉnh thoảng
18. to convince V /kən'vɪns/ thuyết phục, làm cho tin
19. to dance V /dæns/ nhảy múa, khiêu vũ
20. to decorate V /'dekəreɪt/ trang hoàng, trang trí
 decoration N /‚dekə'reɪʃn/ sự trang hoàng, đồ trang trí
 decorative Adj /'dekərətɪv/ để trang trí, để làm cảnh
21. to entertain V /‚entə'teɪn/ giải trí, tiêu khiển
 entertainer N /‚entə(r)'teɪnə(r)/ người làm trò tiêu khiển
 entertainment N /‚entə(r)'teɪmənt/ sự giải trí, sự vui chơi
 entertained /‚entə'teɪnd/ thích thú
 entertaining Adj /‚entə(r)'teɪnɪŋ/ mang tính giải trí, thú vị
 entertainingly Adv

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 25


LISTENING
22. a guest N /gest/ khách
23. a prize N /praɪz/ giải thưởng, phần thưởng
24. a slice N /slaɪs/ miếng/ lát mỏng, phần chia
25. to bring out V /brɪŋ aʊt/ mang ra
26. to clap V /klæp/ vỗ tay
27. to decide V /dɪ'saɪd/ quyết định, giải quyết
decision N /dɪ'sɪʒn/ sự giải quyết, (sự) quyết định
 decisive Adj /dɪ'saɪsɪv/ quyết định, kiên quyết
≠ indecisive /‚ɪndɪ'saɪsɪv/ do dự, lưỡng lự, không dứt khoát
 decisively Adv /dɪ'saɪsɪvlɪ/ kiên định, dứt khoát
28. to gather V /'gæðə(r)/ tập họp, tụ họp
 gathering N /'gæðərɪŋ/ sự tụ họp, cuộc hội họp
29. to organize V /'ɔ:gənaɪz/ tổ chức, thiết lập
 organizer N /'ɔ:gənaɪzə(r)/ người tổ chức
 organization N /,ɔ:gənai'zeiʃn/ sự tổ chức, cơ quan
30. to serve V /sɜ:v/ phục vụ
 service N /'sɜ:vɪs/ sự phục vụ, dịch vụ
31. to tidy up V /'taɪdɪ ʌp/ dọn dẹp cho sạch sẽ
WRITING
32. refreshments N /rɪ'freʃmənts/ các món ăn và giải khát
33. to intend V /ɪn'tend/ có ý định
 intention N /ɪn'tenʃn/ ý định, mục đích
34. to take place V /teɪk pleɪs/ diễn ra, xảy ra
= happen, occur
35. to win V /wɪn/ thắng
 winner N /'wɪnə(r)/ người thắng cuộc
LANGUAGE FOCUS
36. equal Adj /'iːkwəl/ ngang, bằng, bình đẳng
 equally Adv /'iːkwəlɪ/ bằng nhau, như nhau
37. horrible Adj /hɒ'rəbl/ kinh khủng, khủng khiếp
 horribly Adv /hɒ'rəblɪ/
38. a helicopter N /'helɪkɒptə(r)/ máy bay trực thăng
39. a library N /'laɪbrerɪ/ thư viện, phòng đọc sách
 librarian N /laɪ'brerɪən/ người quản lí thư viện
40. a melon N /'melən/ dưa
41. an accident N /'æksɪdənt/ rủi ro, tai nạn, sự tình cờ
 accidental Adj /‚æksɪ'dentl/ tình cờ, ngẫu nhiên, bất ngờ
 accidentally Adv /‚æksɪ'dentlɪ/
42. an emergency N /ɪ'mɜːdʒənsɪ/ tình trạng khẩn cấp
43. finance N /'faɪnæns/ tài chính
 financial Adj /faɪ'nænʃl/ thuộc tài chính
44. indifference N /ɪn'dɪfrəns/ sự lãnh đạm, hờ hững
 indifferent Adj /ɪn'dɪfrənt/ lãnh đạm, thờ ơ
 indifferently Adv /ɪn'dɪfrəntlɪ/ lãnh đạm, thờ thơ, hờ hững
45. lemonade N /‚lemə'neɪd/ nước chanh

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 26


46. origin N /'ɒrɪdʒɪn/ gốc, nguồn gốc
 original Adj /ə'rɪdʒənl/ thuộc nguồn gốc
 originally Adv /ə'rɪdʒnəlɪ/ về nguồn gốc, đầu tiên
47. to count on V /kaʊnt ɒn/ tin tưởng
- sb/ th + to V0/ V_ing ai có thể làm gì
- V_ing việc gì có thể xảy ra
48. to demand V /dɪ'mɑːnd/ yêu cầu
49. to fly V /flaɪ/ bay
 flight N /flaɪt/ chuyến bay
50. to include V /ɪn'kluːd/ bao gồm, gồm có
51. to practice V /'præktɪs/ thực hành, rèn luyện
 practical Adj /'præktɪkl/ thực tế, thực tiễn, thực hành
52. to progress V /prə'gres/ tiến tới, tiến bộ, tiến triển, tiến hành
 progress N /'prəʊgres/ sự tiến hành, , sự tiến triển
53. to rescue V /'reskjuː/ cứu, cứu thoát, cứu nguy
 rescuer N /'reskjuːə(r)/ người cứu hộ
54. to risk V /rɪsk/ mạo hiểm
 risky Adj /'rɪskɪ/ liều, mạo hiểm, đầy rủi ro
 riskily Adv /'rɪskɪlɪ/
55. to slip out V /slɪp aʊt/ nói ra (nhỡ miệng, không có ý định nói)
56. to upset V /ʌp'set/ làm khó chịu, làm bối rối

TEST YOURSELF A
1. ordinary Adj /'ɔ:dnerɪ / thông thường, bình thường
 ordinarily Adv /'ɔrdnerɪlɪ/
2. prominent Adj /'prɒmɪnənt/ đáng chú ý, nổi bật
 prominently Adv /'prɒmɪnəntlɪ/
3. Virtual Adj /'vɜ:tʃʊə/ ảo
 virtually Adv /'vɜ:tʃəlɪ/
4. a child N /tʃaɪld/ đứa trẻ
 children N /tʃɪldrən/
 childhood N /'tʃaɪldhʊd/ thời thơ ấu
5. a finger print N /'fɪŋgə(r) prɪnt/ dấu vân tay
6. a host N /həʊst/ chủ nhà, chủ tiệc
7. a prince N /prɪns/ hoàng tử
8. a pub N /pʌb/ quán rượu
9. to appoint V /ə'pɔɪnt/ bổ nhiệm, hẹn (ngày, giờ)
10. to celebrate V /'selɪbreɪt/ kỷ niệm, làm lể kỷ niệm
 celebration N /‚selɪ'breɪʃn/ sự kỷ niệm, lễ kỷ niệm
11. to contact V /kənˈtakt/ tiếp xúc, liên hệ
 contact N /ˈkɒntakt/ sự giao thiệp, liên lạc
 to lose contact with V đứt lien lạc với ai
12. to declare V /dɪ'kleə/ tuyên bố, công bố
13. to delight V /dɪ'laɪt/ làm say mê
 delight N /dɪ'laɪt/ sự vui thích, điều thích thú
 delighted Adj /dɪ'laɪtɪd/ vui mừng, hài lòng

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 27


 delightedly Adv
 delightful Adj /dɪ'laɪtfʊl/ thú vị, làm say mê
 delightfully
14. to display V /dɪ'spleɪ/ trưng bày, biểu lộ
15. to give up V /gɪv ʌp/ từ bỏ
16. to grin V /grɪn/ cười toe toét
17. to hug V /hʌg/ ôm
18. to look forward to V /lʊk 'fɔ:wə(r)d/ mong chờ
19. to thrill V /θrɪl/ (làm) rùng mình, hồi hộp
 thrilled Adj /θrɪld/ cảm thấy hồi hộp
 thrilling Adj /'θriliɳ/ hồi hộp, ly kỳ
20. to wrap V /ræp/ bao phủ, gói (quà)

PART II – LANGUAGE FOCUS


I. Usages of Infinitive and Gerund
1. Subject:
- To become a singer is her dream.
- Swimming is my favorite sport.
2. Complement:
- What I like is to swim in the sea and then to lie on the warm sand.
- My hobby is collecting stamps.
3. Object:
- It was too late, so we decided to take a taxi.
- My brother enjoys traveling by motorbike.

II. Infinitive
- After Verbs
- After an Adjectives
- After a Noun
- After Question words
- To express purpose
- Special cases: enough/too, take/ cost, …
III. Gerund
1. After Verbs
admit thú nhận Jimmy admitted having driven so fast.
appreciate cảm kích I appreciate having the opportunity to discuss these important
issues with you.
avoid tránh My sisters avoid going to the beach on Sundays.
can’t bear không thể chịu Mark can’t stand playing with children.
đựng được
can’t help không thể không Jack couldn’t help falling in love with Mary.
couldn’t help
can’t stand không thể chịu They can’t stand playing in the sun.
đựng được
consider xem xét Mark considers buying a new house.
delay hoãn lại I delay telling Peter the truth.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 28


deny phủ nhận Mary denies going out with me.
discuss thảo luận We discuss buying a second car.
dislike không thích Children dislike playing indoors for a long time.
enjoy thích Students enjoy playing games in break time.
finish hoàn thành Farmers finish working in the field.
imagine tưởng tượng Janet imagines buying a new house.
include bao gồm Your responsibility includes taking reservation on the phone.
involve có liên quan The new project for students will involve planting trees.
keep (on) tiếp tục The runners keep on running to the finishing line.
mention đề cập Alex never mentions playing cards.
mind phiền We don’t mind waiting for Mary.
miss bỏ lỡ Henry miss going out with his friends due to the storm.
postpone hoãn lại The manager postpones coming to the conference.
practice thực hành Hannah practices playing the piano.
quit từ bỏ My brother quit playing computer games.
risk liều lĩnh Jimmy risks climbing up the tree.
suggest đề nghị They suggest flying to Hanoi.

2. After Adjectives/ Nouns:


worth, busy
- It is (not) worth buying these old tables.
- Janet is busy raising funds for homeless people.
no good, no use, trouble
- It is no good going fishing here.
- It is no use fixing that old fan. (vô ích)
- I have trouble (in) making good friends.
3. After Prepositions
 Noun + prep
(have) (no) difficulty in gặp khó khăn Mary has no difficulty in understanding these formulas.
(in) danger of gặp nguy hiểm This building is in danger of collapsing.
(take) pride in tự hào về They take pride in proving the best services.
advantage of có lợi thế One advantage of living in the countryside is the fresh air.
chance of cơ hội Is there any chances of coming back early?
experience in có kinh nghiệm He had no experience in dealing with troubles.
hope of hy vọng They gave up hopes of finding more survivors.
in doubt about nghi ngờ Mary is in doubt about moving to another place.
interest in có hứng thú Does your brother take an interest in watching football?
knowledge of có kiến thức về My knowledge of climbing helps me win the race.
objection to phản đối I have no objection to travelling alone.
possibility of có khả năng về There is no possibility for them to win the contest.
problem of vấn đề về Jack has a problem of swimming too slow.
reason for có lý do I have no reason for telling a lie to him.
risk of nguy cơ về Smoking increases the risk of developing heart disease.
talent for có tài năng Hannah showed considerable talent for speaking in public.
there’s no point in không có lý do/ There is no point in investing in this project.
lợi ích gì

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 29


way of cách This is a new way of building a thicker wall.

 Adj + prep
afraid of lo sợ Sandra is afraid of walking in the dark.
angry about giận dự Andrew is angry about getting wet.
bad at tệ, dở I am really bad at playing sports.
bored with chán Children are quickly bored with playing indoors.
clever at khéo léo Dale is clever at riding his bicycle.
crazy about say mê These girls are crazy about singing Korean songs.
disappointed about thất vọng Jade’s parents are disappointed about seeing his bad results.
excited about hào hứng We are excited about making our own kites.
famous for nổi tiếng Seal is famous for writing love novels.
fed up with chán I am fed up with being treated as a child.
fond of hứng thú, thích Jackson is fond of going to parties.
glad about vui mừng Jane is glad about winning the scholarship.
good at giỏi Jack is good at playing chess
happy about hạnh phúc Sandra is happy about passing the exam.
interested in thích thú They are interested in working together.
keen on say mê John is keen on drawing portraits.
proud of tự hào Alice is proud of winning the first prize.
responsible for chịu trách nhiệm Harry is responsible for preparing the foods.
sick of chán ngấy Children are sick of sitting on the chairs.
sorry for tiếc, xin lỗi Joana is sorry for having eaten my cakes.
tired of chán ngấy I am tired of waiting for you for hours.
worried about lo lắng Henry is worried about making mistakes

 Verb + prep
account for giải thích cho The children account for having broken the window.
accuse sb of buộc tội The children were accused of breaking the window.
apologize (to sb) for xin lỗi The student apologized to his teacher for coming late.
approve sb of chấp thuận The boss doesn’t approve me of leaving early.
believe in tin Mark never believes in getting lost in the forest.
blame sb/sth for/ on đổ lỗi She doesn't blame anyone for the failure of the projects.
Police are blaming the accident on dangerous driving.
complain (to sb) about phàn nàn She complains to the manager about being served badly.
concentrate on tập trung I concentrated all my efforts on finding a new apartment.
congratulate sb on chúc mừng I wanted to congratulate you on making such a good
performance.
depend on dựa vào Success may depend on becoming more patient.
tin vào Can we depend on you coming this weekend?
discourage sb from can ngăn His parents discourage him from being a singer.
dream about/ of mơ ước Hannah dreamt about working in the area of marketing.
feel like mong muốn She is so tired that she feels like going to bed early.
give up từ bỏ My uncle gave up smoking last year
insist on khăng khăng Mark insists on traveling alone.
look forward to mong đợi We are looking forward to seeing you again.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 30


prevent sb from ngăn chặn They try to prevent the children from playing games too
much.
rely on tin cậy John doesn’t rely on winning in the casino.
stop sb from dừng, ngăn Ann stops the children from making noise.
succeed in thành công How can students succeed in learning English?
think about/ of suy nghĩ Joey is thinking about studying abroad.
warn (sb) against cảnh báo, không Parents warn their children against watching TV so much.
cho làm
worry about lo lắng Anne worries about having her teeth checked.

4. Special cases
 Spend/ waste + time/ money + (on) + V_ing
Children should spend more time (on) reading books.
They waste money buying this old fan.
 Be/ get used to + V_ing
- used to + V0  didn’t use to V0
I used to join a car racing when I was 18 years old.
- be/ get used to V_ing
Mary is used to living in London.
Mark gets used to driving on the left.
- Notes: The computer is used to store documents.  Passive
 Sense verbs + Obj + V_ing/ Bare infinitive
- The infinitive without to often emphasizes the whole action or event which someone hears or sees
- The -ing form usually emphasizes an action or event which is in progress or not yet completed.
 Same meaning:
- Begin, continue, start, prefer
- like, love, hate
+ V_ing: general hobby, enjoy
+ To-infi: interest at a point of time, sense of a habit
 Would like/ love/ prefer + to-infi
- advise, allow, encourage, permit, forbid, recommend, require
+ Verb + Obj + to-infi
+ Verb + V-ing
 Different meaning
Gerund Infinitive
Forget Look back in the past Look into the future

Jack will never forget spending too much money on his Don’t forget to lock the door.
first computer.
Remember Look back in the past Look into the future
I remember meeting you elsewhere. Remember to turn off the gas
stove.
Regret You did sth in the past and you are not happy about that To tell bad news and you are not
happy about it
Mary regrets telling Tom her secrets. I regret to inform you of your bad
results.
Stop To stop an activity To stop in order to do sth
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 31
I stopped smoking. We stop running to wait for Mary.
Try To test sth To do sth that is not easy
I tried taking an aspirin. She tries to be happy.
Go on To continue the same thing To change the activity
The children go on reading their books. The children go on to play games.
Mean Sth has to be done to get a reults. To intend to do sth
You have forgotten your homework again. That means I meant to phone you last night,
phoning your mother. but my phone is out of money.
Need Passive meaning Active meaning
Want The dogs need feeding/ to be fed. They want to feed the dogs.

IV. Passive Infinitive/ Gerund:


To be V3/ed

Being V3/ed
I expected to be invited to their party.
I am happy about being given a lot of presents on my birthday.

PART III - EXERCISES


I. Pronunciation: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. chalk B. candle C. silver D. hold
2. A. incapable B. feeling C. should D. selfish
3. A. walk B. influence C. only D. golden
4. A. slip B. palm C. celebrate D. children
5. A. who B. exhausted C. heaven D. enhance
6. A. behind B. heart C. humour D. exhibition
7. A. lighthouse B. honest C. hungry D. husband
8. A. myself B. floppy C. half D. below
9. A. perhaps B. how C. everywhere D. holiday
10. A. schoolboy B. glance C. calm D. while
11. A. could B. help C. trouble D. close
12. A. what B. where C. who D. whenever
13. A. folk B. stolen C. delight D. climate
14. A. believe B. mutual C. pleasure D. talk
15. A. while B. whole C. which D. where
16. A. hour B. hard C. ahead D. happy
17. A. black B. flight C. declare D. salmon
18. A. whom B. what C. where D. why
19. A. happen B. history C. height D. honour
20. A. special B. last C. quality D. would\

II. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. candle B. finish C. open D. adult
2. A. celebrate B. usually C. family D. united
3. A. difficult B. computer C. financial D. excitement
4. A. December B. holiday C. lemon D. accident

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 32


5. A. briefcase B. include C. social D. trouble
6. A. couple B. wedding C. between D. husband
7. A. organize B. refreshments C. equally D. origin
8. A. informal B. occasion C. evening D. beginning
9. A. emergency B. indifferent C. expectation D. librarian
10. A. entertainment B. American C. decoration D. celebration
11. A. activity B. invitation C. relationship D. occasional
12. A. together B. remember C. occasion D. decorate
13. A. refuse B. parents C. willing D. mention
14. A. attendance B. decision C. remember D. hospital
15. A. tidy B. prefer C. receive D. provide
16. A. organization B. imagination C. immediately D. characteristic
17. A. party B. birthday C. seven D. today
18. A. personality B. uncomfortable C. accidentally D. anniversary
19. A. another B. passenger C. decorate D. gathering
20. A. myself B. country C. pretty D. really

III. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. The party is in ______ of their 25th wedding anniversary. (celebrate)
2. Mary wishes to have a chance to for the World Health ______. (organize)
3. John and Jenny are a happily ______ couple. (marry)
4. My old friends and I ______ meet for a drink on weekends. (occasion)
5. Sarah appears to be ______ to things around her. (indifference)
6. Mary has a close ______ with her younger sister. (relate)
7. The listeners find the speech of Prof. Luis both informative and ______. (entertain)
8. They would like to buy some ______ for their Christmas tree. (decorate)
9. The ______ of the festivals are so thoughtful that they have already prepared some veggie burgers for
vegetarians. (organize)
10. Those ______ pictures have made their house a warm and welcoming home. (decorate)
11. The government had better take some ______ actions on purchasing illegal drugs. (decide)
12. Burns and scalds are ______ painful. (horrible)
13. I didn’t think the meeting between Alice and Lisa was ______. (accident)
14. ______, we had decided to travel to Egypt, but then we went to Greece. (origin)
15. They intend to invite some of their friends and ______ to their opening ceremony. (relate)
16. Essential ______ such as the supply of gas and water should be maintained. (serve)
17. I called the experts to ask for some ______ advice. (finance)
18. The team blamed the failure of their project on the ______ leadership of Joey. (decide)
19. The students had finally reached a ______ to spend their holidays in the countryside. (decide)
20. The cake should be divided ______ among these four chidlren. (equal)
21. The ______ of this only competition will be announced at the end of this month. (win)
22. As I turned round, I ______ hit my close friend on his arm. (accident)
23. Most citizens are looking forward to their family ______ on Tet holidays. (gather)
24. A ______ is the one who works in a library. (library)
25. They still keep some ______ features of this ancient building. (origin)
26. We discourage John from a ______ investment in real estate. (risk)
27. Anna has no ______ of traveling to Hawaii next summer. (intend)
28. These days, there are a number of street ______ to make passengers more comfortable. (entertain)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 33


29. Television and radio are two most common forms of ______. (entertain)
30. Jack works for this company on an ______ basis. (occasion)

IV. Verb form: Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the verbs in the brackets
1. My children really enjoy ____________ (take) to the zoo on weekends.
2. Those runners keep on ____________ (run) to the finishing line.
3. What does your mother take an interest in ____________ (do)?
4. Joey can’t help ____________ (fall) in love with Hannah.
5. The lifeguard warned these children ____________ (not swim) far from the shore.
6. It is not worth ____________ (buy) those old boots.
7. Her broad knowledge of ____________ (ski) helps her win the competition.
8. Those facilities in this post office need ____________ (maintain) regularly.
10. Actually, I don’t remember when ____________ (submit) those reports.
11. We have no reasons for ____________ (tell) a lie to you.
12. My mother advises me ____________ (not stay) up too late at night.
13. I remember ____________ (meet) her elsewhere because she looks so familiar to me
14. Henry misses ____________ (hang) out with his friends due to the rain.
15. Alice shows her talent for ____________ (speak) in front of a lot of people.
17. It is compulsory for the employees ____________ (wear) the uniforms at work.
18. Janet often practices ____________ (play) football with his friends on Sundays.
19. Jimmy risks ____________ (climb) up this high mountain.
20. Those students postpone ____________ (go) to see their head teacher.
21. Children are advised to spend more time on ____________ (read) books.
22. You had better ____________ (see) your doctor ____________ (check) your health annually.
23. Andrew is responsible for ____________ (wash) the dishes after meals.
24. I have trouble in ____________ (make) friends with strangers.
25. Amy suggests ____________ (fly) to Hanoi instead of ____________ (go) by car.
26. Most people avoid ____________ (go) to the beach on holidays.
27. Don’t forget ____________ (lock) the doors before you leave.
28. We encourage Peter ____________ (register) for this singing competition.
29. Tom’s parents discourage him from ____________ (be) a football player.
30. Hannah often busy ____________ (help) poor people in her area.
31. This letter needs ____________ (send) immediately.
32. At last, Henry chose ____________ (travel) to Hanoi by train.
33. Our managers plan ____________ (build) a new office in the suburb.
34. It is no good ____________ (go) fishing here because the water is polluted.
35. Alice pretends ____________ (be) sick so that she can have a day off.
36. Anna would rather ____________ (go) to the cinema than ____________ (go) shopping.
37. They consider ____________ (buy) a new house in the countryside.
38. They cannot afford ____________ (go) abroad this summer.
39. Mary decided ____________ (not go) to this business exposition.
40. Mark admitted ____________ (drive) so fast last night.
41. The robbers made those cashiers ____________ (hand) in the money.
42. I will let you ____________ (borrow) my car if you promise ____________ (take) care of it.
43. It will cost a lot of money ____________ (travel) around the world by plane.
44. Mary regrets ____________ (tell) Tom the truth because he can’t keep it a secret.
45. The teachers would like those students ____________ (do) their exercises quietly.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 34


46. The police gave up hopes of ____________ (find) more survivors from the earthquake.
47. My best friend promised ____________ (pick) me up at the airport.
48. Amy is famous for ____________ (write) teen-fic novels.
49. The secretary will go home when she finishes ____________ (type) these reports.
50. I used to imagine ____________ (be) a pop star when I was young.

V. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


1. Not many people in my office have received the ______ to this opening ceremony.
A. celebrations B. photographs C. invitations D. prizes
2. About 800 ______ will be invited to their wedding party.
A. hosts B. servants C. hostesses D. guests
3. Do you know how the Chinese ______ their Lunar New Year?
A. organize B. hold C. blow D. celebrate
th
4. SYNONYM: My grandparents offer some special gifts to me on my 18 birthday.
A. give B. joke C. celebrate D. mark
5. All the ______ came to my party last Sunday except for Peter and Mark.
A. hostesses B. hosts C. guests D. clients
6. Mid-autumn is one of the most important ______ in South East Asia.
A. invitations B. entertainments C. celebrations D. refreshments
7. SYNONYM: Light refreshments will be served after the meeting.
A. desserts B. wine C. food and drinks D. main dishes
8. A buffet is a meal at which people have to ______ themselves from a table and find somewhere to eat.
A. purchase B. serve C. organize D. finish
9. Everyone finds time to have a small ______ with their families on holidays.
A. milestone B. gathering C. anniversary D. budget
10. SYNONYM: Those children look extremely happy to open their gifts after the games.
A. design B. finish C. unwrap D. ensure
th th
11. SYNONYM: 25 and 50 wedding anniversaries are believed to be more remarkable than others.
A. sorrow B. troubled C. special D. solemn
12. ANTONYM: They light up all candles before the beginning of their party.
A. go out B. blow out C. tidy up D. take place
13. SYNONYM: My close friend often tells me a lot of jokes to make me laugh when I am down.
A. gossips B. funny stories C. fairy tales D. love stories
14. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: People in all ages prefer to celebrate birthday with their family.
A. ages B. celebrate C. in D. with
15. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Our representatives expect to meet at the airport when they arrive
tomorrow.
A. arrive B. meet C. the D. expect
16. Most ______ couples say that they are much busier than they were in their single days.
A. divorced B. married C. wedding D. marry
17. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Alice got into troubles when she refused opening her briefcase for the
police officers.
A. opening B. into C. for D. she
18. The ______ of this party introduced us to the other guests.
A. guests B. visitors C. clients D. hosts
19. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Most of the old prefer living in the countryside to live in the country.
A. of B. the C. in D. live

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 35


20. SYNONYM: Children often receive a lot of presents from their parents on their birthday.
A. candles B. toys C. clothes D. gifts
21. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Those tables need tidied up carefully after the party.
A. tidied B. after C. up D. those
rd
22. SYNONYM: They would like to hold a barbecue party for their 3 wedding anniversary.
A. mark B. celebrate C. give D. organize
23. Birthday parties are often accompanied by colorful ______.
A. decorations B. images C. fireworks D. posters
24. SYNONYM: After each party, we should thank the organizers for their kindness and hospitality.
A. servants B. guests C. couples D. hosts
25. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Climbing up the wall, the thief managed to get into the bank without
seeing by the security.
A. seeing B. get C. climbing D. to
26. Graduation day marks a remarkable ______ in my student’s life.
A. milestone B. anniversary C. spot D. party
27. A lot of people are fired due to the low ______ of the company.
A. leaders B. budget C. celebration D. production
th
28. My father gave a diamond ring to my mother on their 25 wedding ______.
A. organization B. anniversary C. gathering D. milestone
29. You need to wear ______ clothes to some parties such as wedding and funeral.
A. formal B. decorated C. informal D. colorful
30. We all say “______” before Eric blows out the candles on the birthday cake.
A. Poor you B. Happy New Year C. Congratulations D. Happy Birthday

VI. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences, using the given words
1. Sarah was very bored by the party. (found)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Alice is very pleased to be going away on holiday. (forward)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
3. It takes me 5 million dollars to buy this new car. (spend)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
4. Hannah decided to take some days off. (decision)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
5. Would you mind waiting outside of my office? (enjoy)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
6. We take a great pride in celebrating you birthday. (proud)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
7. I’ll be happy to give you a lift home. (not mind)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
8. You will not succeed when trying Jenny to lend you her car. (There’s no point)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
9. Thomas wishes he had invited Mary to his birthday party. (regretted)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 36
10. It took me 30 minutes to get ready for school. (spent)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
11. I prefer having meals at home to going out for dinners. (would rather)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
12. Getting up early can be impossible for some people. (difficult)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
13. Hannah never feels like going out on weekends; she loves staying home. (prefers)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
14. Daniel thinks he is going to do his exam well. (expects)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
15. What are your plans for the summer? (intend)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
16. Helen said she would go to the party with me. (agreed)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
17. Cleaning up my room is something I dislike. (hate)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
18. My boss wouldn’t let us leave early. (refused)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
19. Jolie and Brad are going to get married. (decide)
 ......................................................................................................................................................
20. What do you fancy doing on your weekend? (would like)
 ......................................................................................................................................................

VII. Complete the sentences with appropriate prepositions


1. Mary has no difficulty ______ understanding those Maths formulas.
2. This old building is ______ danger ______ collapsing.
3. KFC took pride ______ providing the best services in my area.
4. Tom has no experience ______ dealing with children.
5. Does your brother take interest ______ watching football match?
6. Mark has no objection ______ traveling alone.
7. Sorry, I have no reasons ______ giving the money to you.
8. There is no point ______ investing in this project.
9. Sandra is afraid ______ walking alone in the dark.
10. I am really bad ______ playing sports.
11. Children seem to be quickly bored ______ playing indoors.
12. Dale is so clever ______ riding his bike.
13. Jade’s parents are disappointed ______ his bad results.
14. Those children are excited ______ making their own lanterns.
15. Seal is famous ______ composing short poems.
16. Jack is fed ______ ______ being treated as a child.
17. Jackson is really fond ______ going to parties.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 37


18. Those employees are interested ______ working together.
19. Sarah is proud ______ winning the first prize.
20. Harry is responsible ______ preparing the foods for our trips.
21. Jenny is sorry ______ having eaten my cakes.
22. I am really tired ______ having waiting for you for hours.
23. Those boys were accused ______ having breaking this window.
24. The teachers discouraged students ______ gossiping in class.
25. Mark insisted ______ climbing up the highest mountain in his country.
26. They congratulate me ______ having been awarded a scholarship.
27. They try to prevent the children ______ playing games too much.
28. Hos can students succeed ______ learning English?
29. Anne worried ______ having her teeth checked.
30. Parents warn their children ______ staying up too late.

VIII. Which verb form is correct?


1. Passing the kitchen, he stopped drinking/ to drink a large of water.
2. They stopped talking/ to talk when the teacher walked into the classroom.
3. Although she asked him to stop, he went on tapping/ to tap his pen on the table.
4. Dr. Harris welcomed the members of the committee and went on introducing/ to introduce the subject of
the meeting.
5. I regret telling/ to tell you that the model you want is out of stock.
6. It cost me a fortune, but I don’t regret spending/ to spend a year travelling around the world.
7. Remember checking/ to check your answer before handing in our exam paper.
8. I remember putting/ to put the money in the top drawer, but it’s not there now.
9. Have you forgotten meeting/ to meet me years ago?
10. Don’t forget finding/ to find out how many people are coming on Saturday.
11. I tried getting/ to get the table through the door, but it was too big.
12. I tried taking/ to take some aspirin, but the pain didn’t go away.
13. He needs working/ to work harder if he wants to make progress.
14. It’s a difficult problem. It needs thinking/ to think about very carefully.
15. I think Nick meant breaking/ to break that glass. It didn’t look like an accident.
16. If we want to get there by 7a.m., that means getting/ to get up before 5 a.m.
17. Can you help me getting/ to get dinner early?
18. He looks so funny. Whenever I see him, I can’t help smiling/ to smile.
19. I’d advise taking/ to take more exercise.
20. I’d advise you taking/ to take more exercise.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 38


UNIT 4 – VOLUNTEER WORK
PART I – VOCABULARY

READING
1. difficult Adj /'dɪfɪkəlt/ khó khăn
 difficulty N /'dɪfɪkʌltɪ / sự khó khăn, điều trở ngại
2. happy Adj /'hæpɪ/ vui lòng, hạnh phúc
≠ unhappy /ʌn'hæpɪ/ không hạnh phúc, bất hạnh, khổ sở
 happily Adv /'hæpɪlɪ/
≠ unhappily /ʌn’hæpɪlɪ/
3. remote Adj /rɪ’məʊt/ xa xôi
 remotely Adv /rɪ’məʊtlɪ/
4. no longer Adv /nəʊ 'lɔɳgə/ không còn nữa
5. a disaster N /dɪ'zɑːstə/ tai họa, thảm họa
 disastrous Adj /di'zɑ:strəs/ tai hại, thảm khốc, bất hạnh
6. a lawn N /dɪ'zɑ:strəslɪ/ Bãi cỏ
7. a mountain N /'maʊntn/ núi
 mountainous Adj /'maʊntnəs / có (nhiều) núi
8. a nation N /'neɪʃn/ dân tộc, quốc gia
 national Adj /'næʃənəl/ thuộc dân tộc, quốc gia
 nationality N /næʃə'nælətɪ/ tính chất dân tộc, quốc tịch
9. an advantage N /əd'vɑːntɪdʒ/ sự/ hoàn cảnh thuận lợi
≠ a disadvantage /‚dɪsəd'vɑːntɪdʒ/ sự/ thế bất lợi
 advantaged Adj /əd'vɑːntɪdʒd/ có lợi
≠ disadvantaged /‚dɪsəd'vɑːntɪdʒd/ bất lợi
10. an orphan N /'ɔ:fn/ trẻ mồ côi
 orphan Adj /'ɔ:fn/ mồ côi
 orphanage N /'ɔ:fɪnɪdʒ/ trại trẻ mồ côi
11. handicap /'hændɪkæp/ sự ốm yếu, khuyết tật
= disability /‚dɪsə'bɪlətɪ/
handicapped Adj /'hændɪkæpt/ tật nguyền, khuyết tật
= disabled
the handicapped N người khuyết tật
= the disabled
12. to believe V /bɪ'liːv/ tin tưởng
 belief N /bɪ'liːf/ lòng tin, đức tin, niềm tin
 believable Adj /bɪ'liːvəbl/ có thể tin được
≠ unbelievable /,ʌnbi'li:və/ không thể tin được, khó tin
13. to clean up V /kliːn ʌp/ lau dọn, quét sạch
14. to comfort V /'kʌmfət/ an ủi, dỗ dành
 comfortable Adj /'kʌmfətəbl/ dễ chịu, thoải mái
 comfortless Adj /'kʌmfə(r)tlɪs/ tẻ nhạt, buồn tẻ
 comfortably Adv /'kʌmfətəbli/
15. to donate V /dəʊ'neɪt/ tặng, cho, biếu, quyên góp
 donor N /'dəʊnə/ người cho/ tặng/ quyên góp
 donation N /dəʊ'neɪʃn/ sự cho, tặng, quyên góp
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 39
16. to explain (sth to sb) V /ɪk'spleɪn/ giảng giải, giải thích
 explanation N /‚eksplə'neɪʃn/ lời giảng, sự giải thích
17. to mean V /miːn/ nghĩa là, có nghĩa là
18. to mow V /məʊ/ cắt, gặt
19. to organize V /'ɔ:gənaɪz/ tố chức, cấu tạo, thiết lập
 organization N /,ɔ:gənai'zeiʃn/ sự tổ chức, sự cấu tạo
 organizer N /'ɔrgənaɪzə(r)/ người tổ chức
 organized Adj /'ɔ:gənaɪzd/ có trật tự, ngăn nắp, được sắp xếp/
chuẩn bị
20. to overcome V /‚əʊvə(r)'kʌm/ vượt qua, khắc phục
21. to participate V /pɑ:'tɪsɪpeɪt/ tham gia, tham dự
 participation N /pɑ:'tɪsɪ'peɪʃn/ sự tham gia, sự tham dự
 participant N /pɑ:'tɪsɪpənt/ người tham gia, người tham dự
22. to provide V /prə'vaɪd/ cung cấp
23. to retire V /rɪ'taɪə(r)/ về hưu
 retirement N /rɪ'tɪə(r)mənt/ sự về hưu
 retiree N /'rɪtaɪə'rɪː/ người về hưu
24. to sew V /səʊ/ may, khâu
25. to suffer (from) V /'sʌfə(r)/ chịu đựng
26. to take care of V /teɪk keə/ chăm sóc
= to look after
27. to take part in V /teɪk pɑ:t/ tham gia
= to participate in
28. to volunteer V /‚vɒlən'tɪə/ tình nguyện
 volunteer N /‚vɒlən'tɪə/ người tình nguyện, người xung phong
 voluntary Adj /'vɒləntərɪ/ tự ý, tự nguyện, tự giác
 voluntarily Adv /'vɒləntərɪlɪ/
29. The + Adj = Np
SPEAKING
30. a martyr N /'mɑ:tər/ Liệt sĩ
31. an excursion N /ɪk'skɜːʃn/ Chuyến đi chơi, chuyến tham qua
32. an intersection N /‚ɪntə(r)'sekʃn/ Ngã tư
33. an invalid N /'ɪnvəlɪd/ Người khuyết tật
34. to direct V /dɪ'rekt/ Chỉ đường, hướng dẫn
 direction N /dɪ'rekʃn/ Lời hướng dẫn, chỉ thị
LISTENING
35. annual Adj /'ænjʊəl/ Hàng năm
 annually Adv /'ænjʊəli/
36. foreign Adj /'fɒrən/ Thuộc nước ngoài
 foreigner N /'fɒrənə(r)/ Người nước ngoài
37. regular Adj /'regjʊlə(r)/ Đều đều, không thay đổi, thường lệ
 regularly Adv /'regjʊlə(r)lɪ/ Đều đặn, thường xuyên
38. an aim N /eɪm/ Mục đích, muc tiêu
39. charity N /'tʃærətɪ/ Hội từ thiện
 charitable Adj /'tʃærətəbl/ Khoan dung, nhân đức
 charitably Adv /'tʃærətəblɪ/

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 40


40. to attend V /ə'tend/ Tham dự, có mặt
 attendance N /ə'tendəns/ Dự tham dự, sự có mặt
Số người tham dự/ có mặt
41. to co-operate V /kəʊ'ɒpəreɪt/ Hợp tác
 cooperation N /kəʊ‚ɒpə'reɪʃn/ Sự hợp tác (the act of working together
- voluntary activity)
 cooperative Adj /kəʊ’ɒpərətɪv/ Hợp tác, tập thể
42. to co-ordinate V /kəʊ'ɔːdɪneɪt/ Phối hợp
 coordination N /kəʊ‚ɔːdɪ'neɪʃn/ Sự phối hợp, sự kết hợp
43. to raise V /reɪz/ Giơ (tay), xây dựng, thu góp, gây (quỹ)
44. to require V /rɪ'kwaɪə(r)/ Đòi hỏi, yêu cầu
 requirement N /rɪ'kwaɪə(r)mənt/ Nhu cầu, đòi hỏi
 to meet/ fulfill/ satisfy the requirements
 to be surplus to the requirements
45. to set up V /set ʌp/ Cài đặt, thiết lập, tổ chức
= to build, establish,
organize…
46. to support V /sə'pɔ:t/ ủng hộ
 support N /sə'pɔ:t/ Sự ủng hộ
 supportive Adj /sə'pɔ:tɪv/ Mang lại sự giúp đỡ, khuyến khích,
thông cảm
WRITING
47. a flat N /flæt/ căn hộ
48. a receipt N /rɪ'sɪːt/ biên nhận, biên lai
49. gratitude N /'grætɪtjuːd/ long biết ơn, sự nhớ ơn
50. to acknowledge V /ək'nɒlɪdʒ/ công nhận, tỏ lòng biết ơn, cảm tạ
 acknowledgement N /ək'nɒlɪdʒmənt/ sự đền đáp
51. to assist V /ə'sɪst/ giúp đỡ
 assistance N /ə'sɪsttəns/ sự giúp đỡ
 assistant N /ə'sɪsttənt/ người giúp đỡ, phụ tá
Adj giúp đỡ, phụ, phó
52. to express V /ɪk'spres/ biểu lộ, bày tỏ
 expression N /ɪk'spreʃn/ sự diễn đạt, sự biểu lộ
53. to issue V /'ɪʃuː/ phát hành, lưu hành, in ra
54. to receive V /rɪ'sɪːv/ nhận
 recipient N /rɪ'sɪpɪənt/ người nhận
= receiver /rɪ'sɪːvə(r)/
LANGUAGE FOCUS
55. furious Adj /'fjʊrɪəs / mãnh liệt, mạnh mẽ, hung dữ
56. modern Adj /'mɒdərn/ hiện đại
 modernize V /'mɒdərnaɪz/ hiện đại hóa
 modernization N /‚mɑdərnəɪ'zeɪʃn/ sự hiện đại hóa, sự đổi mới
57. private Adj /'praɪvɪt/ riêng tư, cá nhân
 privacy N /'praɪvəsɪ/ sự riêng tư
58. a fire extinguisher N /'faɪə(r) iks'tiɳgwiʃə/ người dập lửa, lính cứu hỏa
59. a knee N /nɪː/ đầu gối

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 41


60. a rope N /rəʊp/ dây thừng
61. a shame N /ʃeɪm/ sự thẹn/ ngượng
 ashamed Adj /ə'ʃeɪmd/ xấu hổ, hổ thẹn
62. a toe N /təʊ/ ngón chân
63. a tutor N /'tjuːtə/ gia sư
64. to accept V /ək'sept/ chấp nhận, chấp thuận
 acceptance N /ək'septəns/ sự chấp thuận
 acceptable Adj /ək'septəbl/ có thể chấp nhận
65. to accuse V /ə'kjuːz/ buộc tội, kết tội, tố cáo
66. to admit V /əd'mɪt/ thừa nhận
67. to behave V /bɪ'heɪv/ đối xử, cư xử
 behavior N /bɪ'heɪvjə/ hanh vi
68. to bend V /bend/ cúi xuống
69. to burn V /bɜːn/ cháy, đốt
70. to deny V /dɪ'naɪ/ từ chối, phản đối
71. to desert V /’dezət/ rời đi, ruồng bỏ
72. to instruct V /ɪn'strʌkt/ chỉ dẫn
 instruction N /ɪn'strʌkʃn/ lời chỉ dẫn, sự hướng dẫn
 instructive Adj /ɪn'strʌktɪv/ đề truyền/ cung cấp tin tức
 instructively Adv /ɪn'strʌktɪvlɪ/
73. to object V /əb'dʒekt/ phản đối, chống đối
 an objection N /əb'dʒekʃn/ sự phản đối, sự chống đối
74. to prevent V /prɪ'vent]/ ngăn chặn
75. to repair V /rɪ'peə/ sữa chữa
76. to snatch V /snætʃ/ nắm lấy, giật lấy, bắt lấy
77. to touch V /tʌtʃ/ sờ, chạm
78. to waste V /weɪst/ lãng phí
79. veal N /vɪːl/ thịt bê
80. wheel N /wɪːl/ bánh xe

PART II - EXERCISES
I. Pronunciation: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. win B. twist C. between D. knowledge
2. A. now B. while C. one D. swan
3. A. wait B. twenty C. swim D. two
4. A. review B. Tuesday C. suggest D. human
5. A. twice B. wrap C. answer D. two
6. A. chemist B. school C. choir D. schedule
7. A. which B. write C. between D. with
8. A. who B. write C. acknowledge D. when
9. A. few B. blew C. chew D. flew
10. A. hyphen B. fly C. crying D. beyond
11. A. cure B. security C. issue D. pure
12. A. woman B. sweet C. away D. answer
13. A. honest B. on C. one D. hot
14. A. canyon B. young C. beyond D. prayer

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 42


15. A. computer B. huge C. music D. uncle
16. A. away B. how C. sweat D. wheel
17. A. window B. who C. what D. wonder
18. A. difficulty B. hospital C. opinion D. visit
19. A. swear B. sword C. sweet D. swim
20. A. human B. computer C. unforgettable D. university

II. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. vacation B. natural C. happiness D. difficult
2. A. believe B. desert C. donate D. suggest
3. A. problem B. remote C. visit D. listen
4. A. activity B. cooperate C. disadvantaged D. coordinate
5. A. gratitude B. regular C. instruction D. certainly
6. A. organize B. hospital C. volunteer D. orphanage
7. A. educate B. advantaged C. mountainous D. handicapped
8. A. understand B. organize C. vehicle D. modernize
9. A. elderly B. disaster C. area D. company
10. A. today B. nation C. other D. people

III. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. Freedom of ______ is one of the human rights. (express)
2. My father prefers reading the ______ and international newspapers. (nation)
3. Serious pollution can have ______ effects of the balance of our ecosystem. (disaster)
4. Johnny appears to be an active ______ of the discussion. (participate)
5. They drove too fast and hit a truck coming in the opposite ______. (direct)
6. Have those software packages meet your ______. (require)
7. We got into ______ when we were driving through the forest. (difficult)
8. The government should improve the infrastructure in the ______ regions. (mountain)
9. There is a need for greater ______ between departments. (coordinate)
10. Sarah seems to be very ______ during our campaign. (support)
11. My grandparents decided to devote their later years to ______ work. (charity)
12. His terrible sickness prevent him from active ______ in the competition. (participate)
13. Mark was brought up in the ______ before being adopted by a rich married couple. (orphan)
14. Our school calls for 100 million VND to ______ our library and the sporting venues. (modern)
15. A new educational program has been set up for ______ children. (advantage)
16. The local government has asked various local ______ to help raise money for the new nursing houses.
(organize)
17. This bunch of flowers is a small ______ of your kindness. (acknowledge)
18. Henry ______ join the campaign to clean the streets around his house. (volunteer)
19. The project is produced by the government in ______ with the local farmers. (co-operate)
20. Teachers require the regular ______ of their students in those activities. (participate)
21. Many ethnic groups live in the ______ region of our country. (mountain)
22. Their evidence is ______ because they also have some recordings. (believe)
23. He was born in Sweden, so his ______ is Swedish. (nation)
24. My father is going to take early ______ from his job. (retire)
25. My new shoes are not very ______ because they are a little small. (comfort)
26. Please confirm your ______ of this offer through email. (accept)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 43


27. I really admire his passionate ______ in what he is doing. (believe)
28. His heart transplant will take place as soon as a suitable ______ can be found. (donate)
29. We had better follow the ______ on the packet carefully to operate this machine. (instruct)
30. It is the fact that mentally illness is nothing to be ______ of. (shame)
31. Jack would like to provide an ______ for his lateness. (explain)
32. Children have to learn socially ______ behaviors. (accept)
33. The ______ of this old sewage system will cost around $20 million. (modern)
34. The main ______ to the plan was that it would require too many preparations. (object)
35. There is a need of better ______ programs on television for young children. (educate)
36. It is ______ to observe how the teachers explain the exercise. (instruct)
37. Did he help you ______ or did anyone force him to do so? (volunteer)
38. We are encouraged to do some ______ work at the local hospitals. (volunteer)
39. They are carrying out a survey on the ______ and attitudes of the young. (behave)
40. We decide to make a ______ of 10,000 USD to support the victims in flooded areas. (donate)

IV. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


1. The educators would like to see a closer ______ between parents and schools.
A. coeducation B. coexistence C. cooperation D. coordination
2. SYNONYM: English and Maths classes will be set up for the disadvantaged children.
A. taken B. established C. chosen D. carried out
3. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Each year, many people voluntary to take care of the old and disabled.
A. of B. disabled C. take D. voluntary
4. We ______ with this language center to set up an English speaking club for students.
A. celebrate B. organize C. develop D. cooperate
5. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: There are over one million inhabitant who are living in this city.
A. There B. million C. inhabitant D. living
6. The car accident left her physically ______, so she has had to move around in the wheelchair.
A. suffered B. discouraged C. handicapped D. disadvantaged
7. The new proposal of reducing the value added taxes would be ______ for the people with low incomes.
A. disadvantage B. advantage C. disadvantaged D. advantaged
8. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Mary and I have spent our happy childhood in this remotely village.
A. in B. happy C. remotely D. spent
9. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: I think it is a wasteful of time to play those computer games.
A. is B. play C. wasteful D. games
10. A series of ______ brought great damage to the crops of those peasants.
A. accidents B. disasters C. drought D. floods
11. SYNONYM: In the summer, we have to mow the lawn twice a week.
A. design B. bend C. repair D. cut
12. An ______ is a person who needs other to take care of them because of their illness.
A. guest B. invalid C. volunteer D. solider
13. Her 5-year experience of teaching at primary school gives her a(n) ______ of working with children.
A. disadvantaged B. advantaged C. advantage D. disadvantage
14. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: What are the rewards of helping disadvantage or handicapped
children?
A. rewards B. helping C. disadvantage D. handicapped
15. Mary has to ______ the difficulties to be familiar with her new living conditions.
A. overcome B. participate C. understand D. perform

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 44


16. SYNONYM: Doctors and nurses are expected to take care of their patients’ health carefully.
A. look after B. grow up C. look for D. go away
17. The police officers are happy to help the old to ______ the road.
A. direct B. cross C. raise D. damage
18. A ______ is a person who makes a gift of money, clothes or food to a charity.
A. donor B. volunteer C. organizer D. student
19. Jack has made a foolish decision and now he is ______ for it.
A. repairing B. suffering C. damaging D. raising
20. My mother has to ______ some shopping at weekend.
A. purchase B. make C. do D. help
21. SYNONYM: Most of us can take some consolation from our parents’ words when we are troubled.
A. sympathy B. gratitude C. advice D. comfort
22. They choose to ______ the vehicles at the intersections during rush hour.
A. donate B. direct C. organize D. co-operate
23. Are you free to ______ our search for Mary’s missing dog?
A. join B. add C. connect D. provide
24. Many people ______ from mental illness at some points of their lives.
A. provided B. faced C. spent D. suffered
25. More and more organizations join the ______ activities to help the poor and homeless people.
A. charitable B. cultural C. scientific D. compulsory
26. The guests help us to ______ the mess after the party.
A. tidy up B. throw away C. get up D. participate in
27. SYNONYM: A survey on drivers’ attitude to the police has been carried out by our group.
A. completed B. continued C. conducted D. introduced
28. It is the ______ of every citizen to help victims of those heavy storms.
A. ability B. responsibility C. difficulty D. variety
29. A ______ is a person who is killed because of their political beliefs.
A. donor B. invalid C. solider D. martyr
30. All students are encouraged to ______ fully in the extra-curriculum activities of the school.
A. participate B. collect C. interest D. take place
31. We will issue a ______ for the donations we have received.
A. ticket B. newspaper C. receipt D. permit
32. SYNONYM: They are selling the old clothes to raise money for the earthquake victims.
A. send B. develop C. collect D. make
33. SYNONYM: They had imagined visiting those remote countries.
A. difficult B. faraway C. mountainous D. unhappy
34. SYNONYM: Many students take part in the Green Summer Campaign to experience their real lives.
A. support B. participate C. compete D. volunteer
35. The main road that leads to our village is too damaged to be ______.
A. contributed B. repaired C. completed D. affected
36. Andrew ______ to take care of the old in the nursing houses near his house once a week.
A. volunteers B. suggests C. participates D. comforts
37. They are living in a ______ area, which is accessible only by helicopter.
A. disastrous B. remote C. disadvantaged D. educational
38. The students have no ______ to their teachers’ plan on collecting waste paper.
A. purpose B. gratitude C. objection D. difficulty
39. Students are supposed to ______ attend their classes every week.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 45


A. certainly B. regularly C. unfaithfully D. annually
40. SYNONYM: Our fund has received a donation of $10 million from those international companies.
A. preparation B. education C. contribution D. addition

V. Rewrite: Combine the following sentences, using the given words


1. He had spent all money on buying a brand-new cellphone. He cannot fix his old laptop. (spent)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
2. We have known Jack for a long time. We believe that he is very honest. (known)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
3. After Jenny had had dinner, she hung out with her friends. (had)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
4. I did morning exercise, then I cooked breakfast for my family. (doing)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
5. Janet has read those instructions; therefore, she knows what to do. (read)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
6. Those drivers felt exhausted after they had driven through the forest. (driven)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
7. During our vacation, we stay in a hotel which overlooked the mountains. (overlooking)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
8. Mr. Smith retired after he had worked at this company for 30 years. (worked)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
9. Mark had failed the driving exam twice, so he didn’t want to try again. (failed)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
10. Those students live alone in their dormitory, so they become more independent. (living)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
11. Before Jenny came to my house, she had visited her parents. (visited)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
12. Alice was a newcomer. She found it so difficult to make friends with others. (being)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
13. Amy found herself in an unfamiliar town when she took the wrong bus. (taking)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
14. All the employees who work in this company have to wear uniforms every day. (working)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
15. Andrew drove his car so fast, so he was given a ticket. (driving)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
16. At the end of the road, there is a path which leads to the fishing area. (leading)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
17. The building was built 15 years ago. It is now in danger of collapsing. (built)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 46


 .................................................................................................................................................................
18. The cat which is sleeping over there is mine. (sleeping)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
19. The couple who lives next to me comes from Australia. (living)
 .................................................................................................................................................................
20. I talked to my idol yesterday. I feel very proud of it. (talked)
 .................................................................................................................................................................

VI. Complete the sentences with appropriate prepositions


1. The hotel provides special facilities ______ the handicapped people.
2. Henry is suffering ______ asthma.
3. They try to give more care and comfort ______ those orphans.
4. Boys are supposed to volunteer ______ military service.
5. Teachers hope their students are willing to take part ______ in-class activities.
6. Jack waited until they carried ______ his orders to the fullest.
7. The government plans to set ______ a regional library system.
8. There is no chance for Mark to participate ______ this project.
9. Parents provide their children ______ some essential skills for life.
10. There are a number of old people who need to be taken care ______.
11. We have received a donation ______ $100,000 ______ this foreign company.
12. We went ______ a walk ______ the forest near the railway.
13. They are building a new block ______ flat ______ the homeless children.
14. Those volunteers read books ______ the sick ______ hospitals.
15. I would like to express our thanks ______ those supervisors ______ their advice.
16. Those children are glad to be taken ______ to zoo this Sunday.
17. My parents often play games ______ me and listen ______ my problems.
18. It is more meaningful to bring joy and happiness ______ others.
19. They intend to take care ______ the old and clean ______ their houses.
20. The best way of raising money ______ charity is ______ fund-raising activities.

VII. Cloze text: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage
AmeriCorps is a national service (1)______ that aims to strengthen American communities. It works
with many other local and national groups (2)______ with a variety of educational, environmental, human
and safety concerns. Each year, AmeriCorps (3)______ join in programs (4)______ over the country.
President Bill Clinton and Congress (5)______ the organization in 1993.
AmeriCorps programs can be either full-time (6)______ part-time and usually last from 10 months to
a year. To (7)______ for service, a person must be a United States (8)______ and at least 17 years old.
Opportunities typically include tutoring children, assisting crime victims, cleaning up cities, building
affordable housing and (9)______ computer access to disadvantaged communities. At the end of each
program, participants (10)______ education rewards that can be used to pay for college tuition or student
loans.
1. A. organization B. organizer C. organized D. organize
2. A. dealing B. to dealing C. deal D. to deal
3. A. volunteer B. voluntarily C. volunteers D. voluntary
4. A. in B. all C. at D. for

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 47


5. A. worked B. offered C. declared D. started
6. A. nor B. and C. or D. to
7. A. qualify B. succeed C. celebrate D. help
8. A. young B. people C. nationality D. citizen
9. A. designing B. providing C. teaching D. volunteering
10. A. give B. receive C. appreciate D. offer

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 48


UNIT 6 – COMPETITIONS
PART I - VOCABULARY
READING
1. able (to V0) Adj /'eɪbl/ có năng lực, có tài
≠ unable /'ʌn'eibl/ không có năng lực, không có khả năng, bất tài
 ability N /ə'bɪlətɪ/ năng lực, khả năng
≠ inability N /ɪnə'bɪlətɪ/ sự không có khả năng, sự bất tài
 to enable V /ɪ'neɪbl/ làm cho có thể (làm gì)
≠ to disable V /dɪs'eɪbl/ làm mất khả năng hoạt động
 disability N /‚dɪsə'bɪlətɪ/ sự ốm yếu, tàn tật
 disabled Adj /dɪs'eɪbld/ tàn tật, khuyết tật
2. active Adj /'æktɪv/ tích cực
≠ inactive /'ɪn'æktɪv/ không hoạt động, ì
 activity N /æk'tɪvətɪ/ sự tích cực, sự nhanh nhẹn
≠ inactivity /‚ɪnæk'tɪvətɪ/ tính/ tình trạng kém oạt động, tình trạng ì
 activate V /'æktɪveɪt/ hoạt hóa, làm cho hoạt động
≠ deactivate /‚diː'æktɪveɪt/ làm không hoạt động, làm mất phản ứng
3. annual Adj /'ænjʊəl/ hàng năm
 annually Adv /'ænjʊəlɪ/ hàng năm
4. quick Adj /kwɪk/ nhanh
= fast, rapid, speedy
≠ slow
 quickly Adv /'kwɪklɪ/ nhanh, nhanh chóng
= fast, rapidly, speedily
≠ slowly
5. smooth Adj /smuːð/ trôi chảy
 smoothly Adv /smuːðlɪ/ một cách êm ả/ trôi chảy
6. altogether Adv /‚ɔːltə'geðə/ tất cả
7. among Adv /ə'mʌɳ/ giữa, ở giữa
8. a contest N /'kɒntest/ cuộc thị, trận đấu
 a contestant N /kən'testənt/ đối thủ, người tranh giải, người dự thi
= competitor, participant
9. a rule N /ruːl/ quy tắc, nguyên tắc, luật
 as a rule = usually Adv
10. a spirit N /'spɪrɪt/ tinh thần. linh hồn
 spiritual Adj /'spɪrɪtʃʊəl/ (thuộc) tinh thần, linh hồn
 spiritually Adv
 spirited Adj /'spɪrɪtɪd/ đầy tinh thần, sinh động, hăng say
 spiritedly Adv
11. courage N /'kʌrɪdʒ/ sự can đảm, dũng khí
 courageous Adj /kə'reɪdʒəs/ can đảm, dũng cảm
= brave
 courageously Adv /kə'reɪdʒəslɪ/ cam đảm, dũng cảm
encourage V /ɪn'kʌrɪdʒ/ làm can đảm, khuyến khích
 encouragement N /ɪn'kʌrɪdʒmənt/ sự khuyến khích, sự cổ vũ, sự động viên
 encouraging Adj /ɪn'kʌrɪdʒɪŋ/ làm can đảm, khuyến khích
 encouragingly Adv /ɪn'kʌrɪdʒɪŋlɪ/ khích lệ, cổ vũ

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 49


discourage (sb from) V /dɪ'skʌrɪdʒ/ làm chán nản, làm nản lòng, can ngăn
 discouragement N /dɪ'skʌrɪdʒmənt/ sự làm chán nản, sự chán nản, sự can ngăn
 discouraged Adj /dɪ'skʌrɪdʒd/ chán nản, thoái chí
 discouraging Adj /dɪ'skʌrɪdʒɪŋ/ làm chán nản, làm nản lòng
 discouragingly Adv /dɪ'skʌrɪdʒɪŋlɪ/ làm nản long, làm thoái chí
12. energy N /'enədʒɪ/ nghị lực, năng lượng
 energize V /'enədʒaɪz/ tiếp nghị lực, làm mạnh mẽ
 energetic Adj /‚enə'dʒetɪk/ mạnh mẽ, mãnh liệt, đầy nghị lực
 energetically Adv /‚enə'dʒetɪklɪ/ mạnh mẽ, hăng hái
13. society N /sə'saɪətɪ/ xã hội
 social Adj /'səʊʃl/ thuộc xã hội, có tính chất xã hội
 socially Adv /'səʊʃəli/ với tính chất xã hội
14. a windowpane N /ˈwɪndəʊpeɪn/ ô kính cửa sổ
15. on behalf of Prep. /bɪ'hɑːf/ thay mặt cho
16. to achieve V /ə'tʃiːv/ đạt được, giành được
 achievement N /ə'tʃiːvmənt/ thành tích, thành tựu
 achievable Adj /ə'tʃiːvəbl/ có thể đạt được, có thể thực hiện được
≠ unachievable /‚ʌnə'tʃɪːvəbl/ không thể thực hiện được
17. to aim V /eɪm/ nhắm mục đích, có ý định
18. to announce V /ə'naʊns/ công bố, tuyên bố, thông báo
 announcer N /ə'naʊnsə/ người báo tin
 announcement N /ə'naʊnsmənt/ lời tuyên bố, thông báo
 unannounced Adj /'ʌnə'naʊnst/ không báo trước
19. to appoint V /ə'pɔɪnt/ bổ nhiệm, chỉ định
 appointment N /ə'pɔɪntmənt/ sự bộ nhiệm, sự hẹn gặp
20. to award V /ə'wɔːd/ tặng thưởng, trao tặng
 an award N /ə'wɔːd/ phần thưởng
21. to compete V /kəm'piːt/ cạnh tranh
 competition N /‚kɒmpɪ'tɪʃn/ sự cạnh tranh, cuộc thi
 competitor N /kəm'petɪtə/ người cạnh tranh, đấu thủ, đối thủ
 competitive Adj /kəm'petətɪv/ cạnh tranh, đua tranh
≠ uncompetitive /ʌnkəm'petətɪv/ không có tính chất/ không thể cạnh tranh
 competitiveness N /kəm'petətɪvnɪs/ tính cạnh tranh, tính đua tranh
 competitively /kəm'petətɪvlɪ/ đủ khả năng cạnh tranh
22. to complete V /kəm'pliːt/ hoàn thành, làm xong
 completion N /kəm'pliːʃn/ sự hoàn thành
 complete Adj /kəm'pliːt/ đầy đủ, trọn vẹn, hoàn toàn
≠ incomplete /‚ɪnkəm'plɪːt/ thiếu, chưa đầy đủ, chưa hoàn thành
 completely Adv /kəm'plɪːtlɪ/ hoàn toàn, đầy đủ, trọn vẹn
≠ incompletely /‚ɪnkəm'plɪːtlɪ/ dở dang, không đầy đủ
23. to enjoy V /ɪn'dʒɔɪ/ thích thú, tận hưởng
 enjoyment N /ɪn'dʒɔɪmənt/ sự thích thú, sự tận hưởng
 enjoyable Adj /ɪn'dʒɔɪəbl/ thú vị, thích thú
 enjoyably Adv /ɪn'dʒɔɪəblɪ/ thú vị, thích thú
24. to enthuse (about/ over) V /ɪn'θjuːz/ tỏ ra hăng hái, nhiệt tình
làm cho hăng hái, nhiệt tình (passive)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 50


 enthusiasm N /ɪn'θjuːzɪæzəm/ sự hăng hái, sự nhiệt tình
 enthusiast N /ɪn'θjuːzɪæst/ người hăng hái, người say mê
 enthusiastic Adj /ɪn‚θjuːzɪ'æstɪk/ hăng hái, nhiệt tình, say mê
 enthusiastically Adv /ɪn‚θjuːzɪ'æstɪklɪ/ phấn khởi, hăng hái
25. to explain (sth to sb) V /ɪk'spleɪn/ giải thích, giảng giải, giải nghĩa
 explanation N /‚eksplə'neɪʃn/ sự giảng giải, sự giải thích
 explanatory Adj /ɪk'splænətərɪ/ để giảng giải, để giải thích
26. to judge V /dʒʌdʒ/ xét xử, đánh giá
 a judge N /dʒʌdʒ/ trọng tài, giám khảo
 judgment N /'dʒʌdʒmənt/ sự xét xử, sự đánh giá
(judgement)
27. to observe V /əb'zɜ:v/ quan sát, theo dõi
 observation N /‚ɑbzə'veɪʃn/ sự quan sát, sự chú ý, sự theo dõi
28. to organize V /'ɔrgənaɪz/ tổ chức, thiết lập
 organization N /,ɔ:gənai'zeiʃn/ sự tổ chức, sự cấu tạo
 organizer N /'ɔrgənaɪzə(r)/ người tổ chức
 organized Adj /'ɔ:gənaɪzd/ có trật tự, ngăn nắp, được sắp xếp/ chuẩn bị
29. to participate in V /pɑ:r'tɪsɪpeɪt/ tham gia, tham dự
= to take part in
 participation N /pɑ:r,tɪsɪ'peɪʃn/ sự tham gia/ tham dự, sự góp phần
 participant N /pɑ:r'tɪsɪpənt/ người tham gia, người tham dự
30. to patter V /'pætə(r)/ (mưa) rơi lộp độp
31. to perform V /pər'fɔ:rm/ làm, thực hiện, biểu diễn
 performance N /pər'fɔ:rməns/ sự thực hiện, sự biểu diễn
 performer N /pər'fɔ:rmə(r)/ người biểu diễn
32. to recite V /rɪ'saɪt/ kể lại, thuật lại, đọc thuộc lòng (bài học)
 recitation N /‚resɪ'teɪʃn/ sự kể lại, sự ngâm thơ, sự kể chuyện
33. to represent V /‚reprɪ'zent/ thay mặt, đại diện, tiêu biểu cho
 representation N /‚reprɪzen'teɪʃn/ sự tiêu biểu/ tương trưng, sự đại diện/ thay mặt
 representative N /‚reːprɪ'zentətɪv/ cái tiêu biểu, tượng trưng, người đại biểu/ đại
diện
 representative Adj /‚reːprɪ'zentətɪv/ tiêu biểu, tượng trưng, đại diện
34. to score V /skɔː/ ghi điểm, đạt được (thắng lợi)
 a score N /skɔː/ số điểm, số bàn thắng
35. to shine V /ʃaɪn/ chiếu sáng, tỏa sáng
36. to sponsor V /'spɑnsə(r)/ tài trợ, bảo trợ
 a sponsor N /'spɑnsə(r/) nhà tài trợ/ bảo trợ
37. to stimulate (sb to do sth) V /'stɪmjəleɪt/ kích thích, khuyến khích
 stimulation N /‚stɪmjə'leɪʃn/ sự kích thích, khuyến khích
38. to translate V /træns'leɪt/ dịch, phiên dịch
 translation N /trænz'leɪʃn/ sự phiên dịch, bài dịch
/træns'leɪʃn/
SPEAKING
39. an athlete N /'æθliːt/ vận động viên (điền kinh, thể dục thể thao)
 athletic Adj /æθ'letɪk/ lực lưỡng, khỏe mạnh
(thuộc) điền kinh, thể thao

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 51


 athletics /æθ'letɪks/ các môn thể thao, điền kinh (track and field =
sports such as running and jumping)
40. an opportunity N /‚ɑpər'tjuːnətɪ/ cơ hội ,thời cơ
= a chance
41. a poem N /'pəʊɪm/ bài thơ
 a poet N /'pəʊɪt/ nhà thơ, thi sĩ
 poetry N /'pəʊɪtrɪ/ nghệ thuật thơ, thơ ca (nói chung)
42. sculpture N /'skʌlptʃə/ thuật điêu khắc, công trình điêu khắc
 sculptor N /'skʌlptə(r)/ nhà điêu khắc, thợ chạm trổ
43. to create V /kriː'eɪt/ tạo ra, sáng tạo
 creation N /kriː'eɪʃn/ sự tạo thành, sự sáng tạo, tác phẩm
 creator N /kriː'eɪtə/ người sáng tạo, người tạo nên
creative Adj /kriː'eɪtɪv/ sáng tạo
 creatively Adv /kriː'eɪtɪvlɪ/ một cách sáng tạo
 creativity N /‚kriːeɪ'tɪvətɪ/ khả năng sáng tạo
44. to test V /test/ kiểm tra, thử thách
LISTENING
45. a champion N /'tʃæmpjən/ người vô địch, nhà quán quân
 championship N /'tʃæmpɪənʃɪp/ chức vô địch, danh hiệu quán quân
46. a race N /reɪs/ cuộc đua
47. an association N /ə‚səʊsɪ'eɪʃn/ hội, liên hiệp
= an organization
 in association with
= together with
48. to clock V /klɒk/ bấm giờ, ghi giờ, mất … thời gian
WRITING
49. a detail N /'diːteɪl/ chi tiết
 detailed Adj /'diːteɪld/ cặn kẽ, tỉ mỉ, nhiều chi tiết
50. a secretary N /'sekrətərɪ/ thư kí, bí thư, bộ trưởng
51. procedure N /prə'sɪːdʒə(r)/ thủ tục
52. venue N /'venjuː/ địa điểm thi đấu
53. to arrive V /ə'raɪv/ đi đến, đạt đến
 arrival N /ə'raɪvl/ sự đến, người/ hàng mới đến
54. to enter V /'entə/ đi vào, gia nhập, kết nạp
 entry N /'entrɪ/ sự đi vào, lối đi vào
= entrance /'entrəns/
 make sb’s entry/
entrance
55. to imagine V /ɪ'mædʒɪn/ tưởng tượng, hình dung
 imagination N /ɪ‚mædʒɪ'neɪʃn/ sức/ trí/ sự tưởng tượng
 imaginative Adj /ɪ'mædʒɪnətɪv/ hay tưởng tượng, giàu trí tưởng tượng
 imaginary Adj /ɪ'mædʒənerɪ/ tưởng tượng, không có thực, ảo
= unreal
56. to provide V /prə'vaɪd/ cung cấp
- sth for sb
- sb with sth
57. to require V /rɪ'kwaɪə(r)/ đòi hỏi, yêu cầu

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 52


 requirement N /rɪ'kwaɪə(r)mənt/ nhu cầu, đòi hỏi
58. to respond V /rɪ'spɒnd/ phản ứng lại, hưởng ứng
 response N /rɪ'spɑns/ sự trả lời, sự đáp lại
 respondent N /rɪ'spɑndənt/ người trả lời
LANGUAGE FOCUS
59. absolute Adj /'æbsəluːt/ tuyệt đối, hoàn toàn
 absolutely Adv /'æbsəluːtlɪ/ tuyệt đới, hoàn toàn
60. certain Adj /'sɜːtn/ chắc chắn
≠ uncertain /ʌn'sə:tn/ không chắc, nghi ngờ, hay thay đổi
 certainty N /'sɜːtntɪ/ sự chắc chắn
≠ uncertainty /ʌn'sɜrtntɪ/ tính không chắc chắn, tính bất định
 certainly Adv /'sɜːtnlɪ/ chắc, nhất định
≠ uncertainly /ʌn'sə:tnli/ không chắc chắn
61. a troop N /truːp/ đoàn, lũ, đám …( a troop of)
đội hướng đạo sinh, quân đội, lính
62. a twinkle N /'twɪŋkl/ sự lấp lánh
63. danger N /'deɪndʒə/ sự nguy hiểm,, nguy cơ
 in danger of
 endanger V /ɪn'deɪndʒə/ gây nguy hiểm
 dangerous Adj /deɪndʒrəs/ nguy hiểm, nguy cấp
 endangered Adj /ɪn'deɪndʒəd/ gặp/ trong tình trạng nguy hiểm
64. to dread V /dred/ khiếp sợ, kinh sợ
 dread N /dred/ sự kinh sợ, sự khiếp sợ
 dreadful Adj /'dredfʊl/ dễ sợ, kinh, khiếp
65. to trouble V /'trʌbl/ làm phiền, quấy rầy
 trouble N /'trʌbl/ điều lo lắng, sự quấy rầy
 troubled Adj /'trʌbld/ băn khoăn, lo lắng, rối loạn

TESTYOURSELF B
1. ancient Adj /'eɪnʃənt/ xưa, cổ
 anciently Adv /'eɪnʃəntlɪ/
2. fabulous Adj /'fæbjʊləs/ thần thoại, hoang đường
 fabulously Adv /'fæbjʊləslɪ/
3. long Adj /lɒŋ/ dài
 length N /leŋθ/ bề dài, chiều dài
 lengthen V /'leŋθən/ kéo dài
4. popular Adj /'pɒpjʊlə(r)/ thuộc nhân dân, phổ biến
 popularly Adv /'pɒpjʊlə(r)lɪ/
 popularity N /‚pɒpjʊ'lærətɪ/ tính đại chúng/ phổ biến
5. B.C (before Christ) Adv /kraɪst/ trước công nguyên
6. a battle N /'bætl/ trận đánh, cuộc chiến
7. a channel N /'tʃænl/ kênh, eo biển, lòng sông/ suối
8. a discus N /'dɪskəs/ đĩa (thể dục thể thao)
9. a final N /'faɪnl/ trận chung kết
 finally Adv /'faɪnəlɪ/ cuối cùng, sau cùng
 finalist N /'faɪnəlɪst/ người vào chung kết

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 53


10. a gymnasium N /dʒɪm'neɪzɪəm/ phòng tập thể dục
 gymnast N /'dʒɪmnæst/ vận động viên thể dục
 gymnastic Adj /'dʒɪm'næstɪk/ thuộc thể dục
11. a solution N /sə'luːʃn/ giải pháp
12. a spectator N /'spekteɪtə/ người xem, khán giả (sự kiện thể thao)
/spek'teɪtə/
13. a tournament N /'tʊənəmənt/ trận thi đấu
14. a version N /'vɜrʒn/ phiên bản, bản dịch
/'vɜːʃn/
15. a wreath N /rɪːθ/ vòng hoa
16. an olive N /'ɒlɪv / cây ôliu
17. an outbreak N /'aʊtbreɪk/ sự bột phát, sự bùng nổ
18. beauty N /'bjuːtɪ/ vẻ đẹp, cái đẹp
 beautiful Adj /'bjuːtəfʊl/ đẹp, hay
 beautifully Adv /'bjuːtəflɪ/ tốt đẹp
 beautify V /'bjuːtɪfaɪ/ làm đẹp
19. Greece N /grɪ:s/ hy lạp
 Greek N /grɪ:k/ thuộc/ người hy lạp
20. glory N /'glɔːrɪ/ danh tiếng, sự vinh quang
 glorious Adj /'glɔːrɪəs/ vinh quang, vẻ vang, huy hoàng, rực rỡ
 gloriously Adv /'glɔːrɪəslɪ/ vinh quang, vẻ vang
 to glorify V /'glɔːrɪfaɪ/ tuyên dương, ca ngợi
21. SARS N hội chứng hô hấp cấp tính nặng
(Severe Acute Respiratory
Syndrome)
22. to attend V /ə'tend/ tham dự
 attendance N /ə'tendəns/ sự tham dự, số người tham dự
23. to conclude V /kən'kluːd/ kết thúc, kết luận
 conclusion N /kən'kluːʒn/ sự kết thúc, sự kết luận
24. to count V /kaʊnt/ đếm, kể cả
25. to crown V /kraʊn/ đội vương miện, ban thưởng, thưởng
 a crown N /kraʊn/ vương miện, vòng hoa (lá)
26. to edit V /'edɪt/ biên tập, sữa chữa sắp xếp thông tin
 edition N /ɪ'dɪʃn/ số bản in ra, loại sách xuất bản, bản sao
 editor N /'edɪtə(r)/ người biên tập
27. to equal V /'iːkwəl/ bằng, ngang, sánh kịp
 equality N /iː'kwɒlətɪ/ tính ngang bằng, sự bình đẳng
 equally Adv /'iːkwəlɪ/ bằng nhau, ngang nhau, đều
28. to establish V /ɪ'stæblɪʃ/ lập, thành lập, thiết lập
 establishment N /ɪ'stæblɪʃmənt/ sự thành lập
 established Adj /ɪ'stæblɪʃt/ đã thành lập, có uy tín
29. to estimate V /'estɪmeɪt/ đánh giá, ước lượng
30. to fight V /faɪt/ đấu tranh, chiến đấu
31. to interrupt V /‚ɪntə'rʌpt/ làm gián đoạn, ngắt lời
 interruption N /‚ɪntə'rʌpʃn/ sự gián đoạn, sự đứt quãng
32. to manage V /'mænɪdʒ/ quản lý, xoay xở, điều khiển

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 54


 management N /'mænɪdʒmənt/ sự trông nom, sự quản lý
 manager N /'mænɪdʒə(r)/ người quản lý
33. to refer V /rɪ'fɜ:/ ám chỉ, tham khảo
 reference N /'refrəns/ sự hỏi ý kiến, sự tham khảo, sự ám chỉ
34. to replace V /rɪ'pleɪs/ thay thế
 replacement N /rɪ'pleɪsmənt/ sự thay thế, vật thay thế
35. to skate V /skeɪt/ trượt băng
36. to throw V /θrəʊ/ ném, vứt, quăng

PART II: LANGUAGE FOCUS – Reported Speech


I. Statements
say/ said (to Obj)
S1 that S2 V
tell/ told Obj
Mark: “I and my girlfriend will go to this cinema tomorrow.”
 Mark said ..........................................................................................................................................
Mary: “I sent you an email last night.”
 ...........................................................................................................................................................

Change 3 things:
1. Pronouns
Subject Object Possessive Possessive Reflexive
Adj Pronoun Pronoun
Singular 1st I me my mine myself
2nd You you your yours yourself
3rd He him his his himself
She her her hers herself
It it its its itself
Plural 1st We us our ours ourselves
2nd You you your yours yourselves
3rd They them their theirs themselves

2. Tenses - Verbs
Present simple  Past simple
will  would
Present continuous  Past continuous
can  could
Present perfect  Past perfect
may  might
Past simple  Past perfect
must  must/ had to
Past continuous  Past perfect continuous
have to  had to
Past perfect  Past perfect
had better
would rather
ought to
 Nếu mệnh đề chính (chứa động từ tường thuật) sử dụng thì Hiện tại đơn, không cần đổi thì của
động từ.
He says, “I will pass the final exam with flying colors”
 He says that he will pass the final exam with flying colors.
 Nếu trong câu nói trực tiếp có mốc thời gian xác định thì không cần phải đổi thì của động từ.
She said, “She moved to HCM city in 1995.”
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 55
 She said that she moved to HCM city in 1995.
 Giữ nguyên hiện tại đơn đối với sự thật hiển nhiên, luôn luôn đúng
My teacher said, “The sun rises in the East.”
 My teacher said that the sun rises in the East.

3. Adj/ Adv

Direct Reported Example


Today That day “I’m learning English today”
 He told me that he was learning English that day
Tonight That night “I’ll see you tonight”, said Tom
 Tom told me that he would see me that night.
Now Then “I’m cooking dinner now”, said my mom.
 My mom said she was cooking dinner then.
Tomorrow The next day “I’ll call you tomorrow”, Johny told Mary
The following day  Johny told Mary that he would call her the next day.
Next (week) The next (week) They said, “They will come back next week.”
The following (week)  They said they would come back the next week.
Yesterday The day before He said to Lan, “I called you twice yesterday.”
The previous day  He said to Lan that he had called her twice the day before.
Last (week) The (week) before “We traveled to Hanoi last month”, said my friends.
The previous (week)  My friends said they have traveled to Hanoi the month before.
(two days) ago (two days) before “You didn’t come to my party two days ago”, he said.
 He told me that I hadn’t come to his party two days before.
This That “I’ll give this book to you tomorrow”, said Donny
These Those  Donny said he would give me that book the following day.
Here There “I can wait for you here”, my best friend said.
 My friend said to me that he could wait for me there.

a. “I didn’t break your watch, Hannah.”, Tom said.


 ...........................................................................................................................................................
b. “My father has just bought a new bicycle for me.”, Jack said.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
c. “Tom is talking to your sister.”, Ann said.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
d. “I’m learning English today”
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
e. “I’ll see you tonight”, said Tom
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
f. “You didn’t come to my party two days ago”, he said.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
g. “I can wait for you here”, my best friend said.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
h. He said to Lan, “I called you twice yesterday.”
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
i. “I’ll give this book to you tomorrow”, said Donny
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
j. They said, “They will come back next week.”

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 56


 ...........................................................................................................................................................
k. “We traveled to Hanoi last month”, said my friends.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
l. “I’ll call you tomorrow”, Johny told Mary
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
m. “I’m cooking dinner now”, said my mom.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................

II. Questions
1. Yes/ No questions
“Are you free now?” My mother asked
 My mother asked me if/ whether I was free then.
“Did Mark give you my message?”, Mary asked.
 Mary asked me if/ whether Mark had given me her message

ask (obj)
if
S wonder SV
whether
want to know
“Have you done your homework yet, John?”, the teacher asked.
 The teacher asked .............................................................................................................................
“Were those children playing in this playground while their mothers were chatting?”, Sarah asked.
 Sarah asked .......................................................................................................................................
“Are you free now?” My mother asked
 My mother asked ..............................................................................................................................
“Did Mark give you my message?”, Mary asked.
 Mary asked .......................................................................................................................................

2. Wh_ questions
“Why didn’t you answer my questions?”, Ann asked.
 Ann asked me why I hadn’t answered her questions.
“How do you go to work, John?”, Mary asked.
 Mary asked John how he went to work.
ask (obj) Question
S wonder SV
word
want to know
“How many scholarships have you received, Jimmy?”, Ann asked.
 Ann asked .........................................................................................................................................
“Which car will you choose?”, Alice asked.
 Alice asked .......................................................................................................................................
“Why didn’t you answer my questions?”, Ann asked.
 Ann asked .........................................................................................................................................
“How do you go to work, John?”, Mary asked.
 Mary asked .......................................................................................................................................

III. With infinitives


to-infinitive
S + V + (Obj)
not to-infinitive

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 57


1 “I will …” PROMISE (NOT) TO V0 Hứa

2 “OK. I will …” AGREE TO V0 Đồng ý

3 “I can’t …” REFUSE TO V0 Từ chối


“Let me …”
4 OFFER TO V0 Đề nghị (tự nguyện)
“Shall I …?”
5 “I will … if you …” THREATEN TO V0 Dọa (sẽ làm gì)
ASK
“Would you please …”
6 TELL Sb. (NOT) TO V0 Yêu cầu
“Would you mind …”
ORDER
7 “Would you like …” INVITE Sb. TO V0 Mời
“You should …”
“You had better …” ADVISE
8 Sb. (NOT) TO V0 Khuyên, khuyến khích
“Why don’t you …” ENCOURAGE
“If I were you, I would …”
9 “Don’t …” WARN Sb. (NOT) TO V0 Cảnh báo ai đừng …
“Remember to …”
10 REMIND Sb. TO V0 Nhắc ai nhớ …
“Don’t forget to …”

1. Imperatives (Orders or requests) – Câu mệnh lệnh, yêu cầu hoặc cảnh báo:
“Please wait for a minute”
 The security guard asked me to wait for a minute
Ask (yêu cầu), tell (bảo), request( yêu cầu), order (ra lệnh), want (muốn),,
warn (cảnh báo)…

“Stay in bed until you feel better, Johnny.”, said the doctor.
 The doctor ........................................................................................................................................
“Don’t interrupt me while I am talking, Harry.”, said Hannah.
 Hannah .............................................................................................................................................
“Please, don’t use your cellphones during the take-off.”, said the flight attendants.
 The flight attendants .........................................................................................................................
“Open your briefcase, please.”, said the police officer.
 The police officer .............................................................................................................................
“Don’t swim too far from the shore, Jack.”, his mother said.
 Jack's mother ....................................................................................................................................
“Don’t come too near the cliff edge.”, said the tour guide to the tourists.
 The tour guide ..................................................................................................................................
“Keep away from this dangerous dog.”, said my neighbor.
 My neighbor .....................................................................................................................................

2. Advice, warnings, promise, refusal, threats, invitation, reminders,… - Tường thuật lời khuyên,
lời cảnh báo, lời hứa, từ chối, sự đe dọa, lời mời, sự nhắc nhở, …:
- Advice – Lời khuyên: advise sb (not) to do sth

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 58


“You should sell your house at a higher price, Thomas.”, said his father.
 Thomas’s father ................................................................................................................................
“If I were you, I would buy those old books.”, said Amy.
 Amy ..................................................................................................................................................
“If I were you, I wouldn’t see this horror film.”, said my best friend.
 My best friend ..................................................................................................................................
“You had better clean your room once a week.”, my mother said.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
“You ought not to go out alone at night, Ann.” Johnny said.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
- Promise – Lời hứa: promise (not) to do sth
“I’ll buy you some cakes when I get home.”, my mother said.
 My mother ........................................................................................................................................
“I won’t smoke cigarettes anymore.”, said Jack.
 Jack ...................................................................................................................................................
- Threats – Lời/ Sự đe dọa: threaten (not) to do sth
“I’ll call the police if you continue making noise.”, said my neighbor.
 My neighbor .....................................................................................................................................
“I won’t lend you more money if you don’t give my bike back to me, Bob.”, Alice said.
 Alice .................................................................................................................................................
- Invitations – Lời mời: invite sb to do sth
“Would you like to join our speaking club this Sunday?”, said the monitor.
 The monitor ......................................................................................................................................
“How about going to the cinema with me on Saturday, Mary?”, Mark said.
 Mark .................................................................................................................................................
“Are you free to go to the orphanage with my friends next weekend?”, said Tom.
 Tom ..................................................................................................................................................
- Reminders – Lời nhắc nhở: remind sb to do sth
“Don’t forget to turn off the lights before you leave.”, Anna said.
 Anna .................................................................................................................................................
- Encouragements – Lời động viên: encourage sb to do sth
“Go on Hannah, take part in this singing competition!”, Jack said
 Jack ...................................................................................................................................................
- Offers – Lời tự nguyện (xin phép giúp đỡ): offer to do something
“Shall I help you with these heavy bag, Mary?”, John said.
 John ..................................................................................................................................................
“Can I take you home, Alice?”, Jack said.
 Jack ...................................................................................................................................................

IV. With gerunds


S + V + (Obj) + (preposition) + Gerund

“Let’s …”
“Shall we …”
1 “Why don’t we …” SUGGEST (NOT) V-ing Đề nghị, rủ
“What about …”
“How about …”

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 59


“Why not + V0”

“It was me who …”


2 ADMIT (TO) V-ing Thừa nhận
“Yes. I …”
“It wasn’t me who …”
3 DENY V-ing Phủ nhận, chối
“No. I didn’t …”
“What a pity I + V2”
4 REGRET (NOT) V-ing Hối tiếc
“I’m sorry I + V2”

5 DREAM OF V-ing Mơ ước

6 INSIST ON (NOT) V-ing Kiên quyết

7 THINK OF (NOT) V-ing Nghĩ về

8 LOOK FORWARD TO V-ing Mong đợi

9 THANK Sb. FOR V-ing Cám ơn

10 BLAME Sb. FOR V-ing Đổ lỗi

11 ACCUSE Sb. OF V-ing Buộc tội

12 CONGRATULATE Sb. ON V-ing Chúc mừng

13 COMPLIMENT Sb. ON V-ing Khen ngợi

14 PREVENT / STOP Sb. FROM V-ing Ngăn


Cảnh báo ai
15 WARN Sb. AGAINST V-ing
đừng làm gì
16 APOLOGIZE TO Sb. FOR V-ing Xin lỗi

17 COMPLAIN TO Sb. ABOUT V-ing Phàn nàn

1. Accuse somebody of doing something: buộc tội ai về việc gì


“You break my pencil, Tom”, Jerry said.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Admit doing something: thú nhận
“I’m afraid I leave my homework home”, said the student.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
3. Apologize to sb for doing something: xin lỗi
“I’m sorry. I forget to send you this email”, said my co-worker.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
4. Blame somebody for doing something: đỗ lỗi cho ai về việc gì
“It’s you to lose my watch”, he said.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 60


5. Congratulate somebody on doing something: chúc mừng ai về việc gì
“Good job, John. You’ve won the gold medal”, said the teacher.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
6. Deny doing something/ having done something: phủ nhận
“I didn’t tell her the truth”, Brian said.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
7. Dream of doing something: mơ ước
“I want to become a famous singer”, said Henry
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
8. Insist on doing something: khăng khăng đòi làm gì
“I must see your director”, said the customer.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
9. Look forward to doing something: mong đợi
“I expect to buy this car next month”, Sarah said
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
10. Prevent somebody from doing something: ngăn cản
“I won’t allow you to smoke here”, said his friend.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
11. Suspect somebody of doing something: nghi ngờ
“I think Peter turn on the computer”, Sam said.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
12. Suggest doing something: đề nghị làm việc gì
“How about going for a picnic this weekend?”, said Amy
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
13. Stop somebody from doing something: ngăn chặn
“You mustn’t bring the bag in”, said the security guard.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
14. Thank somebody for doing something: cám ơn ai về việc gì
“It’s very nice of you to help me bring these bags”, said Ann
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
15. Warn (somebody) against doing something: khuyến cáo (ai) đừng làm gì
“Don’t open the box”, my friend said.
 . .......................................................................................................................................................
PRACTICE
Rewrite the following sentences in reported speech with infinitives.
1. “Remember to write to me soon,” she said to me.
She reminded ___________________________________________________________________
2. “You’d better spend more time learning to write,” I said to the boy.
I advised _______________________________________________________________________
3. “Would you like to have dinner with us tonight?” Mike said to Linda.
Mike invited ____________________________________________________________________
4. “Don’t lean your bicycles against my windows, boys,” said the shopkeeper.
The shopkeeper warned ___________________________________________________________
5. “Open the safe,” the robber said to the bank clerk.
The robber ordered _______________________________________________________________

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 61


6. “Shall I open the window for you, Edna?” he said.
He offered ______________________________________________________________________
7. “I’ll wait for you. I promise,” he said to me.
He promised ____________________________________________________________________
8. “Would you like to come with me?” John said to Mary.
John invited ____________________________________________________________________
9. “Don’t forget to take the holiday,” Mark said to me.
Mark reminded me _______________________________________________________________
10. “Don’t touch that switch, Peter,” I said.
I warned _______________________________________________________________________
11. “Will you help me, please?” she said to me.
She asked ______________________________________________________________________
12. “Would you like me to help you with the cooking, Tom?” Laura said.
Laura offered ___________________________________________________________________
13. “If you don’t pay the ransom, we’ll kill your son,” the kidnappers said to them.
The kidnappers threatened _________________________________________________________
14. “I won’t answer any questions,” Paul said
Paul agreed _____________________________________________________________________
15. “If I were you, I would join the voluntary team tomorrow, Tom,” said Eve.
Eve advised ____________________________________________________________________

Rewrite the following sentences in reported speech with Gerund


1. “Why don’t we organize an English competition for our students?” said Ms Lien.
Ms Lien suggested _______________________________________________________________
2. “I’m sorry I’m late,’ said Mr Thanh.
Mr Thanh apologized _____________________________________________________________
3. “Me? No, I didn’t take Sue’s calculator,” Said Bob.
Bob denied _____________________________________________________________________
4. “You took my pencil,” said David to Henry.
David accused __________________________________________________________________
5. “I must see the manager,” he cried.
He insisted _____________________________________________________________________
6. “If you wanted to take my bike, you should have asked me first,” said Mike to his brother.
Mike criticized __________________________________________________________________
7. “You won the scholarship. Congratulation!” Mary told me.
Mary congratulated ______________________________________________________________
8. “It was kind of you to help me with my homework,” Lan said to Hoa.
Lan thanked ____________________________________________________________________
9. “Turn off the computer. You are not allowed to play game now,” Dick’s mother said to him.
Dick’s mother prevented __________________________________________________________
10. “I’m sorry that I broke the glass,” said Peter.
Peter apologized _________________________________________________________________
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 62
11. “Let’s invite Mr. Brown to the party next weekend,” he said.
He suggested ___________________________________________________________________
12. “You stole the jewels,” the inspector said to him.
The inspector accused ____________________________________________________________
13. “I’m sorry I damaged your tape recorder, Mike,” said Bob.
Bob apologized __________________________________________________________________
14. “It’s nice of you to invite me to lunch,” Bob said to John.
Bob thanked ____________________________________________________________________
15. Carol said, “What about going to the cinema this weekend, Max ?”
Carol suggested _________________________________________________________________

PART III – EXERCISES


I. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. altogether B. absolutely C. difficulty D. dangerously
2. A. away B. begin C. achieve D. knowledge
3. A. encouragement B. disadvantage C. congratulate D. officially
4. A. during B. member C. award D. morning
5. A. explain B. among C. sponsor D. compete
6. A. opportunity B. cooperate C. representative D. competition
7. A. activity B. apology C. competition D. participate
8. A. announce B. study C. observe D. award
9. A. complete B. recite C. explain D. answer
10. A. during B. cheerful C. allow D. active
11. A. enjoy B. within C. winner D. announce
12. A. finish B. women C. become D. runner
13. A. result B. answer C. member D. question
14. A. enjoyment B. important C. remember D. disappoint
15. A. represent B. activate C. stimulate D. organize
16. A. able B. chosen C. better D. appoint
17. A. encourage B. completion C. announcement D. energy
18. A. special B. response C. venue D. female
19. A. general B. encourage C. achievement D. unable
20. A. behalf B. sentence C. poem D. problem

II. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. I have spent a really ______ weekend with my beloved family at Nha Trang Beach. (enjoy)
2. My mother has worked in this company since its ______ in 1975. (create)
3. The sea turtles are ______ species due to increasing water pollution. (danger)
4. Without careful treatment, those HIV patients will ______ die. (certain)
5. Thanks for giving me all the support and ______ during the contest. (courage)
6. All ______ are required to show their ID cards when checking in. (participate)
7. “I don’t care if I never see him again.”, Mary said, without much ______. (enthuse)
8. They have made a very ______ decision to go through this forest at night. (courage)
9. Two prisoners who have just escaped are both violent and ______. (danger)
10. Some animals like bears are ______ during winter. (active)
11. All contestants are expected to join those games ______. (enthuse)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 63


12. Computer was one of the greatest ______ of human beings. (achieve)
13. John has regularly practice to overcome his ______ to move after his car accident. (able)
14. It is so embarrassing to have ______ forgotten the names of old friends from our primary school.
(complete)
15. Do you know how to ______ this alarm? It’s so annoying. (active)
16. Those rules are to ensure the safety and ______ of visitors. (enjoy)
17. Peter, who majors in foreign languages, specializes in ______ from Russian to English. (translate)
18. An ______ is the one who introduces programs on TV or radios. (announce)
19. Graduates have to fight for stable jobs in an intensely ______ market. (compete)
20. Luckily, my parents always ______ me in my choice of career. (courage)
21. We were ______ to contact him because his phone was stolen yesterday. (able)
22. In spite of all ______, Mary decided not to give up her research on dangerous animals. (courage)
23. In ______ to your enquiry, a brochure has been attached to the current email. (respond)
24. Their 25th wedding anniversary has passed ______. (enjoy)
25. Mary wishes to be able to work for a voluntary ______ during her spare time. (organize)
26. The car exhibition is held ______ in Los Angeles in June. (annual)
27. John refused to make any ______ about what Henry had done. (judge)
28. I won’t tell you the end of that story; I will leave that to your ______. (imagine)
29. Most information for their research was collected by direct ______ of children’s behaviors. (observe)
30. The citizens felt shocked due to an ______ increase in the bus and taxi fares last month. (announce)
31. We are in ______ with ABC Bakery for the contract for the supply of moon cakes. (compete)
32. There is an urgent call for ______ and economic changes. (society)
33. There will be over 200 ______ who join the fund-raising race next Sunday morning. (compete)
34. ______ is much more important than technical skills. (create)
35. This scholarship seems to be an ______ goal since no students are able to get it. (achieve)
36. Students can easily feel ______ if the exercises are too difficult. (courage)
37. Running Man is a famous show with a lot of audience ______. (participate)
38. They try to keep us informed with any changes about the timetable to the best of their ______. (able)
39. There is no ______ that John will keep his promises. (certain)
40. I have booked a dental ______ at 3 o’clock to check my teeth. (appoint)
41. Anne was ______ looking for a job after her graduation. (active)
42. An official ______ had been made two days before those severe floods. (announce)
43. My school has held a ______ for football since 2015. (champion)
44. The news starts with an ______ of why those outdoor activities are banned. (explain)
45. Most ______ notes are usually at the back of every book. (explain)
46. Students are in need of practicing their ______ thinking for better ideas. (create)
47. John becomes disappointed since his father ______ him from being a geologist. (courage)
48. Mark and Martha will be our ______ for the up-coming debate. (represent)
49. Exhaust fumes now ______ the health of human beings. (danger)
50. Thomas is dynamic and ______ enough to get all preparations done. (energy)

III. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


VOCABULARY
1. The judges are explaining the ______ of the games to those children before they get started.
A. rules B. questions C. sponsors D. organization
2. I became the winner and was ______ scholarship of a free communicative course at this language center.
A. announced B. received C. awarded D. completed

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 64


3. Anna definitely spoiled my ______ of the movie by telling me about how it ends.
A. creation B. enjoyment C. champion D. knowledge
4. Those employees have to work harder to remain ______ with other companies.
A. discouraging B. wonderful C. representative D. competitive
5. We were bitterly ______ at the terrible performances of my team members.
A. enjoyable B. eager C. sad D. disappointed
6. The company is ______ at organizing an English training course for its employees.
A. succeeding B. aiming C. trying D. pointing
7. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: My group cannot gain the perfect scores since Harry has difficult
answering the last question.
A. answering B. difficult C. gain D. since
8. Colleges and universities must offers a more challenging and ______ environment to their students.
A. thrilling B. stimulating C. frightening D. boring
9. Two ______ from my company will meet you at the main entrance to the exhibition.
A. representatives B. contestants C. competitors D. participants
10. Those winners are receiving ______ from the organizers for their best performances.
A. champions B. results C. enjoyment D. awards
11. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Our team has been training hard in preparatory for the big inter-
school debate competition.
A. hard B. competition C. been D. preparatory
12. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: English-speaking contests can help students improve their speaking
skills and confident.
A. improve B. help C. confident D. contests
13. We ______ finished our project 2 days before the scheduled time.
A. discouragingly B. competitively C. finally D. annually
14. The scholarships at my school are ______ awarded at the end of the school year.
A. biannually B. monthly C. annually D. biennially
15. The judges will observe and ______ your performances.
A. remember B. organize C. stimulate D. score
16. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: In the end of the competition, the judges will announce the total score
of each group.
A. In B. announce C. each D. total
17. Henry must write a letter of ______ to Mary for his bad behaviors.
A. problems B. apology C. gratitude D. difficulties
18. That singing contest at my school is ______ by the Youth Union.
A. practiced B. participated C. supposed D. sponsored
19. It is illegal if an athlete takes drugs to improve his or her ______.
A. activity B. performance C. knowledge D. opportunity
20. My niece has a talent for ______ long poems without missing any words.
A. recognizing B. reciting C. observing D. announcing
21. The competition’s aim is to ______ the spirit of learning English among students.
A. announce B. organize C. stimulate D. sponsor
22. Students should achieve general ______ before concentrating in their major.
A. spirit B. knowledge C. competitions D. questions
23. I’m sorry! I have no ______ to come late for the meeting this morning.
A. intention B. apology C. announcement D. explanation
24. Those ______ exam results are definitely due to your inattention and inactivity in class.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 65


A. completed B. wonderful C. interesting D. disappointing
25. That team is ______ by Girval Bakery, so they wear shirts with the letters GIRVAL.
A. donated B. judged C. allowed D. sponsored
26. On ______ of the final examinations, students are asked to gain at least 5 marks for each subject.
A. competition B. appointment C. completion D. stimulation
27. VVN road was blocked for two hour after the heavy rain, but traffic is now flowing ______ again.
A. smoothly B. totally C. enjoyably D. annually
28. Did you hear the ______ made by the President on television last night?
A. announcement B. representation C. observation D. organization
29. Each year my school ______ several traditional festivals and sports competitions for students.
A. participate B. organize C. stimulate D. observe
30. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Johnny tries his best to read the questions and quick find out the
answers.
A. quick B. read C. answers D. tries

GRAMMAR
1. The team leader congratulated his team ______ the competition.
A. on winning B. for winning C. won D. to win
2. “Don’t ______ anything during the test.”, our teacher ______ us.
A. tell – told B. tell – said C. say – told D. say – said
3. I ______ my friends about my party and they ______ they would come.
A. told – told B. said – said C. told – said D. said – told
4. The tour guide ______ us to pay a visit to those places of interests.
A. wanted B. recommended C. suggested D. insisted
5. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Maud advised me going by train for it was less expensive than flying.
A. flying B. going C. less D. for
6. Alice advised me ______ Bob any money.
A. to not lend B. not to lend C. don’t lend D. no lend
7. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Miami encouraged her son joined the race, although she didn’t think he
would win.
A. think B. joined C. although D. win
8. “You should tell me the truth.”, my father said.  My father ______ me to tell him the truth.
A. warned B. threatened C. advised D. asked
9. Eric told me that he ______ to lock the door that morning.
A. had forgotten B. forgot C. was forgetting D. would forget
10. My manager ______ to me that she would call Peter the following morning.
A. wondered B. said C. asked D. told
11. My father ______ me to register the trademark for my company.
A. threatened B. suggested C. promised D. encouraged
12. The police asked Peter ______ he had stayed at home the night before.
A. where B. when C. if D. that
13. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: I said my teacher that I spoke Russian, but she didn’t believe me.
A. spoke B. didn’t C. that D. said
14. “Shall I bring you some coffee, Hannah?”, John said.  John ______ to bring Hannah some coffee.
A. ordered B. invited C. promised D. offered
15. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Henry told the teacher that he has forgotten to do his homework.
A. told B. that C. do D. has

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 66


16. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: She asked me why I didn’t inform her the date and the room of the
meeting.
A. didn't inform B. date and C. room of D. asked me
17. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Andrew asked me what did I intend to do after I graduated.
A. asked me B. to do C. I graduated D. did I intend
18. Mark asked me whether I knew where ______.
A. the nearest post office had been B. was the nearest post office
C. the nearest post office was D. the nearest post office will be
19. Alice told me that she would fly to Korea ______.
A. the following month B. a month later C. a month before D. the previous month
20. The teacher asked Peter what ______ doing then.
A. he was doing B. is he doing C. was he doing D. he is doing

IV. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences, using the given words (Reported Speech)
1. “I usually work eight hours a day, except when my children are home.”, Barbara said. (told)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. “You shouldn’t argue with your parents.”, my aunt said. (advised)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
3. “You have read my diary.”, my sister told me. (accused)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
4. “Why don’t we walk instead of taking a bus?”, Alice said. (suggested)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
5. “Why didn’t you answer my email last week, Hannah?”, John asked. (wondered)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
6. “How many students are there in your class, Hoa?”, Ms. Lynn asked. (asked)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
7. “Let me prepare dinner for everyone!”, Sarah said. (insisted)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
8. “I’m terribly sorry, Ben. I broke two of your favorites glasses.”, Rita said. (apologized)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
9. “Can I take my puppy with me in the trip, Bob?”, Alice asked. (asked)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
10. “I’ll lend you my dictionary as soon as I finish it.”, Mary told me. (said)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
11. “Do your students know what to do in the next sports events, Peter?”, Anna asked. (asked)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
12. “I’ll pay back the money to you at the end of this month.”, Teddy said. (promised)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
13. “Follow that car.”, the detective said to the taxi driver. (ordered)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
14. “Have you enrolled for these advanced English classes, Amy?, Andrew asked. (asked)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
15. “I’m afraid I have lost your phone number.”, John said. (admitted)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
16. “It was very kind of you to lend me your car.”, Fred said to Henry. (thanked)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
17. “Congratulations, Nick! You’ve won first prize of our game.”, Joana said. (congratulated)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 67
18. “These men broke out of this prison last night.”, Peter told Mary. (said)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
19. “Beware of that slippery road! It’s very dangerous to drive on it.”, Ben said to me. (warned)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
20. “Your cousins speak English so fluently, John.”, Brad said. (told)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
21. “I think I forgot to close the windows this morning.”, Harry said. (told)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
22. “Would you like to go out for dinner with me?”, Peter told Margaret. (invited)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
23. “Go on! You must send your story to the magazine, Susan.” George said. (encouraged)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
24. “Don’t forget to do the gardening, John.”, Jill said. (reminded)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
25. “I didn’t reveal the company’s confidential information.”, Marian said. (denied)
 ...........................................................................................................................................................

1. John: “I don’t understand why Hannah has refused to join our trip next week.” (understand)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Mark: “Ok, Mary. I will wake you up when the train arrives in London.” (would)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
3. “Well done, Ann. You’ve won the game.”, her teacher said. (on)
 ...................................................................................................................................................................
4. Janet: “I will take the 5:30 train tomorrow morning, Jane.” (would)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
5. “You told me a lie, Mary.”, Mark said. (of)
 ...................................................................................................................................................................
6. John: “I saw Jimmy last night but he didn’t see me.” (seen)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
7. Peter: “Does your brother live in New York, Tom?” (whether)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
8. “Let me clean the boards after class.”, Peter said. (on)
 ...................................................................................................................................................................
9. Mark: “Why didn’t you go to my party last night, Ann?” (gone)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
10. Amy: “Where were you last weekend, Sarah?” (been)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
11. “I think I have made a serious mistake.”, said John. (having)
 ...................................................................................................................................................................
12. John: “I have an English lesson this evening but I haven’t done homework yet.” (had)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
13. Nick: “Tom had an accident last week but he wasn’t injured.” (had)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
14. Linda: “Sorry Tom, I can’t go to the cinema with you tomorrow.” (going)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
15. Mark: “Have you invited your old friends to the party, Nick?” (if)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
16. Bill: “How long has your uncle been smoking, Chris?”

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 68


 ...............................................................................................................................................................
17. The doctor: “You should lose weight, John.” ~ (to lose)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
18. Mary: “Let’s go to a movie.” ~ (going)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
19. Bill: “I didn’t break this window”. ~ (having)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
20. Mark: “You told a lie, Tom.” ~ (of)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
21. Anna: “I can’t go to your birthday party next Saturday evening, Jack.” ~ (for)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
22. Jane: “I won’t help you with your homework. Never!.” ~ (to help)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
23. Joe: “Please come to my party”. ~ (to come)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
24. Sarah: “Would you like to go on a picnic with us, Henry?” ~ (to go)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
25. Nick: “Please don’t tell anybody what happened.” ~ (to tell)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
26. Amy: “If you don’t give me a pay rise. I’ll resign.” ~ (to resign)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
27. John: “I’ll finish the work by the end of this week.” ~ (to finish)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
28. The doctor: “You ought to take a rest, Andrew.” ~ (to take)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
29. Mark: “Don’t forget to go to the supermarket after work, Jenny.” ~ (to go)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
30. Peter: “Why don’t we sing a few songs?” ~ (singing)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
31. My mom: “Don’t put your elbow on the table.” ~ (to put)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
32. The teachers: “Write your names clearly on the top.” ~ (to write)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
33. Henry: “Don’t wipe you dirty fingers on my clothes, Jack.” ~ (to wipe)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
34. Mary: “Wait here under the tree until the rain stops, Jimmy.” ~ (to wait)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
35. Bobby: “Come and see whenever you have a few hours to spare.” ~ (to come)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
36. Bill: “You should stop smoking, Tom.” ~ (to stop)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
37. Joe: “I’m sorry for not releasing a live album of our tour, my dear fans.” ~ (releasing)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
38. Jack: “Would you like to go for dinner with me tonight, Hannah?” ~ (to go)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
39. Ann: “Sorry Nick, I can’t lend you this book now.” ~ (lending)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
40. Peter: “Ok John, I will lend you some money tomorrow.” ~ (to lend)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 69


 ...............................................................................................................................................................
41. Linda: “Why don’t we go out for a walk tonight?” ~ (going)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
42. My father: “I will buy you a doll when I come back home tomorrow morning.” ~ (to buy)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
43. Mary: “Sorry Jenny, I didn’t call you earlier.” ~ (calling)
 ...............................................................................................................................................................
44. Peter: “Don’t believe anything Mark told you.” ~ (believing)
 .............................................................................................................................................................................
45. “It was very kind of you to offer me this job, Mr. Smith.”, Hanna said. (for)
 ...................................................................................................................................................................

V. Cloze text: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage
Olympic Games are the most (1)______ international athletic competition in the world. The
Olympics bring (2)______ thousands of the world’s finest athletes to compete against others in a variety
(3)______ individual and team sports. Millions of people (4)______ the Games and more than one billion
people throughout the world (5)______ the Olympics on television.
The 2000 Summer Games in Sydney, Australia, were the (6)______ in the Olympic history, with
athletes (7)______ for medals in 300 events. Drug problems continued to cast a cloud over the Games.
Several (8)______ were disqualified for taking illegal drugs, including some athletes who (9)______ up
medals after failing drug tests. Stars of the Games included Marion Jones of the United States in track and
field, Australian (10)______ Ian Thorpe, Chinese diver Fu Mingxia and cyclist Leontien Ziljaard of the
Netherlands.
1. A. important B. importance C. importances D. importantly
2. A. against B. again C. around D. together
3. A. for B. of C. about D. in
4. A. organize B. sponsor C. stimulate D. attend
5. A. disappoint B. watch C. score D. complete
6. A. largest B. more larger C. large D. larger
7. A. shining B. finding C. creating D. competing
8. A. observers B. judges C. athletes D. organizers
9. A. achieved B. got C. gave D. made
10. A. swam B. swimmer C. swim D. swimming

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 70


UNIT 7 – WORLD POPULATION
PART I - VOCABULARY
READING
1. safe Adj /seɪf/ an toàn, chắc chắn
≠ unsafe không an toàn, nguy hiểm
 safety N /'seɪftɪ/ sự an toàn, sự chắc chắn
 safely Adv /'seɪflɪ/ an toàn, chắc chắn
2. A.D (Anno Domini) Adv sau công nguyên
3. B.C (before Christ) Adv trước công nguyên
4. a figure N /'fɪgjər/ con số
/'fɪgə/
5. a journalist N /'dʒɜ:rnəlɪst/ nhà báo
 journalism N /'dʒɜ:rnəlɪzəm/ nghề báo, nghề viết báo
6. automobile N /'ɔːtəməʊbiːl/ xe ô tô
7. birth-control method N phương pháp hạn chế sinh con
sinh con có kế hoạch
8. family planning N kế hoạch hóa gia đình
9. iron N /'aɪə(r)n/ sắt
10. metal N /'metl/ kim loại
11. silver N /'sɪlvə(r)/ bạc
12. (to) decrease V /diː'kriːs/ giảm
N
13. (to) double V/ N /'dʌbl/ làm gấp đôi, tăng gấp dôi
Adj
Adv
14. to expect V /ɪk'spekt/ mong chờ, chờ đợi
 expectation N /‚ekspek'teɪʃn/ sự mong chờ, sự chờ đợi
 expected Adj /ɪk'spektɪd/ được chờ đợi, được hy vọng
 expectant Adj /ɪk'spektənt/ có/mang tính chất mong đợi
 expectantly Adv /ɪk'spektəntlɪ/ mong đợi, hy vọng
15. to grow V /grəʊ/ (cây) mọc, trồng , phát triển
 growth N /grəʊθ/ sự phát triển, sự sinh trưởng
 growing N /'grəʊɪŋ/ đang lớn/ tăng
16. (to) increase V /ɪn'krɪːs/ tăng lên, tăng thêm
N
17. to injure V /'ɪndʒə(r)/ làm tổn thương, làm hại, làm bị thương
 injury N /'ɪndʒərɪ/ sự làm hại, điều tổn hại, chỗ bị thương
 injured Adj /ɪndʒrəd/ bị tổng thương, bị thương
18. to limit V /'lɪmɪt/ giới hạn, hạn chế
 limit N /'lɪmɪt/ giới hạn (point)
 limitation N /‚lɪmɪ'teɪʃn/ Điểm hạn chế, điểm yếu
 limited Adj /'lɪmɪtɪd/ Có hạn, hạn chế, hạn định
≠ unlimited /ʌn'lɪmɪtɪd/ Không giới hạn, vô tận
19. to populate V /'pɒpjʊleɪt/ ở, cư trú
= to inhabit /ɪn'hæbɪt/
 population N /'pɒpjʊleɪʃn/ dân số

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 71


 populous Adj /'pɒpjʊləs/ đông dân
 overpopulated Adj /əʊvəˈpɒpjʊleɪtɪd/ đông dân quá mức
 overpopulation N /əʊvəpɒpjʊˈleɪʃ(ə)n/ sự đông dân quá mức
20. to raise V /reɪz/ nâng lên, nuôi trồng, làm tăng thêm
21. to reach V /rɪːtʃ/ đến, tới, đi đến
SPEAKING
22. aware (of) Adj /ə'weə/ biết, nhận thức thấy
 awareness N /əˈwɛːnəs/ sự nhận thức
23. short Adj /ʃɔːt/ ngắn, thiếu hụt (không có)
 shorten V /'ʃɔːtn/ thu ngắn lại
 shortage N /ʃɔ:tɪdʒ/ sự thiếu hụt
24. insurance N /ɪn'ʃʊrəns/ bảo hiểm
25. to carry out V /'kærɪ aʊt/ tiến hành, thực hiện
26. to cause V /kɔːz/ gây ra, tạo ra
 a cause N /kɔːz/ nguyên nhân
27. to educate V /ˈɛdʒukeɪt/ giáo dục
 educator N /ˈɛdʒukeɪtə/ nhà sư phạm
 education N /ɛdʒuˈkeɪʃ(ə)n/ sự giáo dục, nền giáo dục
 educational Adj /‚'edʒu'keɪʃnəl / Thuộc ngành giáo dục, để giáo dục
28. to explode V /ɪk'spləʊd/ làm nổ, nổ tung
 explosion N /ɪk'spləʊʒn/ sự nổ, tiếng nổ
 explosive Adj /ɪk'spləʊsɪv/ dễ nổ, gây nổ
N chất nổ
 explosively Adv /ɪk'spləʊsɪvlɪ/ mạnh mẽ, dữ dội
29. to face V /feɪs/ đương đầu, đối phó
30. to implement V /'ɪmplɪmənt/ thi hành, thực hiện
 implementation N /‚ɪmplɪmen'teɪʃn/ sự thi hành
31. to lack V /læk/ Thiếu, không có
 lack (of sth) N /læk/ Sự thiếu, không có
32. to punish V /'pʌnɪʃ/ phạt, trừng phạt
 punishment N /'pʌnɪʃmənt/ sự trừng phạt, sự trừng trị
33. (to) reward V /rɪ'wɔ:rd/ thưởng
N sự thưởng, tiền thưởng
LISTENING
34. literate Adj /'lɪtərət/ có học, biết độc biết viết
≠ illiterate /ɪ'lɪtərət / mù chữ
 literacy N /'lɪtərəsɪ/ sự biết đọc biết viết
≠ illiteracy /ɪ'lɪtərəsɪ / sự thất học, nạn mù chữ
35. strict Adj /strɪkt/ nghiêm khắc
 strictness N /'strɪktnɪs/ tính nghiêm khắc, tính nghiêm chỉnh
 strictly Adv /'strɪktlɪ/ một cách nghiêm chỉnh
36. a continent N /'kɒntɪnənt/ lục địa
 continental Adj /‚kɒntɪ'nentl/ thuộc lục địa
37. a policy N /'pɒlɪsɪ/ chính sách
38. an expert N /'ekspɜːt/ nhà chuyên môn
 expert (in/ at sth/ doing sth) Adj /'ekspɜːt/ thành thạo, thông thạo

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 72


39. expense N /ɪk'spens/ sự chi tiêu, phí tổn, công tác phí
 at the expense of sb thanh toán bởi ai đó
= at sb’s expense
 expensive Adj /ɪk'spensɪv/ đắt tiền
 expensively Adv /ɪk'spensɪvlɪ/
 inexpensive Adj /‚ɪnɪk'spensɪv/ không đắt, rẻ
 inexpensively /‚ɪnɪk'spensɪvlɪ/
40. summary N /'sʌmərɪ/ bài/ sự tóm tắt
 summarize V /'sʌməraɪz/ tóm tắt, tổng kết
41. to improve V /ɪm'pruːv/ cải tiến, cải thiện
 improvement N /ɪm'pruːvmənt/ sự cái tiến, sự cải thiện
WRITING
42. even Adj /'iːvn/ ngang bằng, chẵn (số)
 evenly Adv /'iːvnlɪ/ bằng nhau, đều, công bằng
43. to account for V /ə'kaʊnt/ giải thích (cho), chiếm (tỷ lệ%)
44. to distribute V /dɪ'strɪbjuːt/ phân bố
 distribution N /‚dɪstrɪ'bjuːʃn/ sự phân bố
45. (to) rank V /ræŋk/ xếp loại, xếp hạng
N hạng, loại
LANGUAGE FOCUS
46. cranky Adj /'kræɳki/ kỳ quặc, lập dị, cáu kỉnh
47. creature N /'kriːtʃə/ sinh vật, loài vật
48. value N /'væljuː/ giá trị
 valuable Adj /ˈvaljʊb(ə)l/ có giá trị lớn, quý giá
= invaluable, priceless
 valueless Adj /ˈvaljʊləs/ không có giá trị
= worthless
49. to apply V /ə'plaɪ/ áp dụng, ứng dụng
 apply to (a place) for sth xin (việc)
 applicant N /'æplɪkənt/ người xin việc
 application N /‚æplɪ'keɪʃn/ sự áp dụng, sự ứng dụng
50. to claim V /kleɪm/ xác nhận
51. to crash V /kræʃ/ rơi, vỡ, đâm sầm (vào cái gì)
52. to glean V /glɪːn/ lượm lặt, mót
53. to pick sb up V /pɪk/ đón ai đó
54. (to) quarrel V /'kwɒrəl/ cãi nhau
N sự cãi nhau, sự gây chuyện
55. to realize V /'rɪəlaɪz/ nhận thức
 realization N /‚rɪələ'zeɪʃn/ sự nhận thức rõ
/rɪəlaɪ'zeɪʃn/
56. to step V /step/ bước đi, giẫm lên
57. (to) struggle V /'strʌgl/ đấu tranh, cố gắng, gắng sức
N sự/ cuộc đấu tranh
58. to wake up V /weɪk/ đánh thức, thức giấc

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 73


PART II – GRAMMAR
I. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

Conditional Sentences Type I


If S + V0/ Vs/es, S will/ can/… (not) + V0 Future possible
(don’t/ doesn’t + V0) Diễn tả tình huống có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại
(to be: am/is/ are (not) hoặc tương lại
If the weather is nice, we will go for a picnic.
If he doesn’t do morning exercise regularly, he will gain weight.

Special cases of If Type I:


If S + V0/ Vs/es, S + V0/ Vs/es. - Diễn tả sự thật hiển nhiên
If you heat ice, it turns into water.
If you put a bowl of water in the sun, it evaporates.

If S + V0/ Vs/es, V0/ don’t V0… - Đưa ra lời khuyên, lời chỉ dẫn hoặc
Go to bed if you feel tired. mệnh lệnh
If you need the help, don’t hesitate to call me
Stop eating junk food if you want to lose weights.

Inversion of If Type I Đảo ngữ IF loại 1


Should + S + (not) V0, S will/ can/ may… (not) V0.

If you see her, remind her to call me as soon as possible.


 Should you see her, remind her to call me as soon as possible.
If he remembers his own name, we’ll be able to help him.
 Should he remember his own name, we’ll be able to help
him.
If Linda does not do her homework, she will be punished.
 Should Linda not do her homework, she will be punished.

Conditional Sentences Type II


If + S + V2/ed, S + would/ could/ might (not) V0 Unreal in the present
(didn’t + V0)
(to be: were)
If I had enough money now, I would buy a new car.
If I were you, I would accept this offer.

Inversion of If Type II Đảo ngữ IF loại 2


Were + S + (not) …, S + would/ could/ might (not) V0.
Were + S + (not) to V0, S + would/ could/ might (not) V0

If you were in my situation, what would you do?


 Were you in my situation, what would you do?
If I knew her address, I would write to her.
 Were I to know her address, I would write to her.
If I were you, I would go abroad for studying.
 Were I you, I would go abroad for studying.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 74


Conditional Sentences Type III
If + S + had (not) V3/ed, S + would/ could/ might (not) + have + V3/ed Unreal in the past
If I had cleaned the house, I could have gone to the movies.
Inversion of If Type III Đảo ngữ IF loại 3
Had + S + (not) V3/ed …, S + would/ could/ might (not) + have + V3/ed

If my car hadn’t broken down, I wouldn’t have been late.


 Had my car not broken down, I wouldn’t have been late.

Conditional Sentences – Mix


Type 3 – Type 2 Giả thuyết (điều
If + S + had (not) V3/ed, S + would/ could/ might (not) V0. kiện) trái ngược với
quá khứ còn kết quả
If he had worked harder at high school, he would be a university student now.
trái ngược với hiện
If I had taken his advice, I would be rich now.
tại
Type 2 – Type 3 Giả thuyết (điều
If + S + V2/ed, S + would/ could/ might (not) + have + V3/ed. kiện) trái ngược với
hiện tại còn kết quả
If I didn’t have to go to school today, I would have gone on holiday with my
trái ngược với quá
parents yesterday.
khứ

Conditional Sentences – Unless = If … not


If Peter doesn’t study hard, he won’t pass the exam.
 Unless Peter studies hard, he won’t pass the exam.
If you call her right now, you can get some information.
Unless you call her right now, you can’t get any information

II. CONDITIONAL IN REPORTED SPEECH

- “If you come here, I will cook dinner for you”, Mary said.

 Mary said that if I came there, she would could dinner for me.

 Change Pronoun, Verb (Tense), Adv/ Adj in Type 1

- “If John were here, I could cook dinner for him”, Mary said.

 Mary said that if John were there, she could cook dinner for him.

- “If John had been here yesterday, I would have cooked dinner for him.”, Mary said

 Mary said that if John had been there the day before, she would have cooked dinner for him.

 Keep the Verb (Tense), change the Pronoun and Adv/ Adj in Type 2 +3

PART III - EXERCISES


I. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. natural B. punishment C. exercise D. explosion
2. A. encourage B. improvement C. insurance D. implement
3. A. unlimited B. available C. generation D. petroleum
4. A. inexpensive B. valuable C. difficulty D. educated

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 75


5. A. organization B. international C. university D. overpopulated
6. A. decrease B. although C. children D. amount
7. A. awareness B. another C. condition D. scientist
8. A. standard B. behave C. offer D. shortage
9. A. figure B. aware C. limit D. expert
10. A. literacy B. particular C. developing D. conditional

II. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. Being shy in front of the crowd is a ______ of your life. (limit)
2. Those ambulances are taking the ______ victims to the nearby hospitals. (injure)
3. There is a ______ of funds to support those flooded areas. (short)
4. The employees would like to see further ______ in their working conditions. (improve)
5. California is one of America’s most ______ states. (populate)
6. The pilot managed to land the plane ______ despite the thick fog. (safe)
7. The ______ of blue whales is decreasing due to illegal hunting and water pollution. (populate)
8. The local government is promoting the family ______ to control the birth rate. (plan)
9. Smoking is ______ forbidden in public places. (strict)
10. John is so confident in his ______ of positive results of his examination. (expect)
11. The governments are trying to limit the population ______. (grow)
12. My professor recommended using those books thanks to their ______ information on our research.
(value)
13. Those volunteers are carrying out a campaign to promote adult ______. (literate)
14. My mother is completely computer-______; she knows nothing about computer programs. (literate)
15. It is important for students to develop their ______ of eating a healthy diet. (aware)
16. Would you please ______ what Jack are talking about for me? (summary)
17. Lack of water and nutrition will stop the plants’ ______. (grow)
18. I would like to thank the doctors who were very ______ during my uncle’s illness. (support)
19. Jack has to clean the classroom as a ______ for being late. (punish)
20. Murder is found to be one of the most ______ issues of our time. (explode)
21. These measures were designed to improve the ______ of traveling by airplane. (safe)
22. Those passengers have escaped with minor ______. (injure)
23. Although John had had little formal ______, he was able to read and write well. (educate)
24. Jack’s ______ to this foreign company had been refused. (apply)
25. Those children with ______ faces are waiting for the fireworks to begin. (expect)
26. Watching programs about wild life can be very ______. (educate)
27. Normally, in November the temperatures drop and the days ______. (short)
28. The board of directors is discussing the ______ of the new system. (implement)
29. The map shows us the ______ of various kinds of snakes across the world. (distribute)
30. Unfortunately, over 100 people have died from the recent bomb ______. (explode)

III. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


1. North American was once widely ______ by Native American tribes.
A. implemented B. increased C. exploded D. populated
2. Due to the bad weather, there was a(n) ______ in the number of visitors last week.
A. grow B. increase C. explosion D. decrease
3. My grandparents have been ______ cattle and poultry for over 50 years.
A. raising B. limiting C. rising D. living

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 76


4. High birth rates and low death rates account for population ______.
A. decrease B. control C. explosion D. education
5. China always ______ first in the population increase.
A. ranks B. stands C. lacks D. carried out
6. SYNONYM: Dramatic increase in the population will lead to lack of food and natural resources.
A. shortage B. variety C. sufficiency D. full
7. Employees are given five percent ______ in salary each month, basing on their outstanding performance.
A. cut B. increase C. decrease D. figure
8. We’re so sorry, those kinds of products are not ______ at our store this week.
A. safe B. available C. expected D. populated
9. How can those workers ______ their families on such low wages.
A. support B. encourage C. exercise D. punish
10. What is the best ______ to limit the overpopulation all over the world?
A. treatment B. medicine C. measure D. problem
11. Mark is afraid he is not ______ to help us with the speaking club because he has been seriously ill.
A. enough B. available C. expected D. safe
12. John has dedicated his entire life to scientific ______ in natural world.
A. population B. research C. resources D. organizations
13. The word “meet” has a ______ “e” in the middle.
A. triple B. double C. single D. letter
14. My salary as a fresher was not enough to ______ my own family.
A. populate B. reach C. limit D. support
15. My uncle has been working hard to ______ his children and now he want to enjoy his retirement.
A. develop B. rise C. raise D. plan
16. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: It’s time we found about the solution to the problem of
overpopulation.
A. about B. to C. found D. overpopulation
17. Parents should ______ what their children search for in the internet.
A. summarize B. improve C. develop D. control
18. We had better ______ the foods that make us fat to have a balanced diet.
A. raise B. afford C. increase D. decrease
19. SYNONYM: New York City is considered one of the most populous cities in the world.
A. deserted B. uninhabited C. attractive D. crowded
20. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: How many people are expecting to be in the world by the year 2020?
A. people B. by C. expecting D. be
21. Panda: “Would you mind helping me with this research?” ~ BuBu: “______.”
A. That’s right. Here you are B. Not too bad. Thanks
C. Not at all. Here we go D. Don’t mention it
22. The world population is ______ to be about 9.7 billion by 2050.
A. controlled B. frozen C. expected D. raised
23. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: There is a limit of the amounts of fresh water we can use every day.
A. use B. amounts C. of D. a
24. SYNONYM: The mass media should raise people’s awareness of population issues.
A. consciousness B. consideration C. thought D. belief
25. SYNONYM: Governments are eager to attract skilled immigrants to develop the economy.
A. people who come from another places B. people who work for international companies
C. people who are over 18 D. children who were born

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 77


26. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: The earth seems not to have resources enough to supports billions of
its inhabitants.
A. to have B. its inhabitants C. billions of D. resources enough
27. The new teaching ______ encourages students to improve their critical thinking skills.
A. amounts B. limit C. resources D. method
28. In the 1970s, China implemented the one-child policy to control its population ______.
A. loss B. growth C. decrease D. trend
29. We had better walk because we cannot ______ to take a taxi.
A. start B. expect C. afford D. direct
30. SYNONYM: The first census of American people in 1970 listed fewer than 4 million residents.
A. ethnic groups B. inhabitants C. organizations D. states

IV. Verb form: Complete the following sentences with the suitable forms of the verbs in the brackets
1. Unless Ann ______ this exam, her parents would have been very disappointed. (pass)
2. Unless you earned more than 10,000 dollars each month, you ______ that golf club. (not join)
3. People cannot ski in the Alps if there ______ no snow. (be)
4. More tourists ______ to our town if there were less heavy rain. (come)
5. If she ______ the whole story, she wouldn’t have been angry. (know)
6. Unless Alice ______ Peter the truth, he will get upset. (tell)
7. What ______ you if the lift got stuck between two floors? (do)
8. The teacher ______ angry if you had spoken more politely. (not get)
9. If Alan ______ seriously hard, he might have passed his exams. (study)
10. If Peter ______ 10cm taller, he could join the army. (be)
11. The whole machine would fall to pieces if you ______ this screw. (remove)
12. Unless you go to bed early, you ______ tired tomorrow. (feel)
13. If I had car, I ______ you a lift to the station. (give)
14. Unless Anna ______ sick, she was able to join the race. (be)
15. If those eggs break, there ______ an awful mess on the floor. (be)
16. Unless Mary ran, she ______ the bus. (not catch)
17. It would be embarrassing if she ______ out the truth. (find)
18. If I had seen Peter, I ______ him of the timetable change. (inform)
19. If Mark ______ his homework, he can watch his favorite programs. (finish)
20. Mary will call you if she ______ your key. (find)

V. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences, using conditional sentences; then change them into Reported
speech with the given words
1. Why don’t you apply to this company for that job? That’s what I would do.
 ............................................................................................................................................................
 Mary told ...........................................................................................................................................
2. John doesn’t leave early, so he misses that bus.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Mark said ..........................................................................................................................................
3. John was seriously injured because he drove too fast.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 My father said ...................................................................................................................................

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 78


4. I would like to make friends with the aliens but they do not live on our earth.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Peter said ..........................................................................................................................................
5. You had better spend more time on practicing your English.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Alice told ..........................................................................................................................................
6. I cannot type those letters because my laptop is broken.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 My best friend said ...........................................................................................................................
7. We couldn’t cook dinner because John didn’t go shopping.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Hanna said .........................................................................................................................................
8. Do more morning exercises and you will feel healthier.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 My mother said .................................................................................................................................
9. They got lost in the jungle since they didn’t take a compass.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 The tour guide told ...........................................................................................................................
10. I am not able to explain this to you because I don’t know Spanish.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Eric said ............................................................................................................................................
11. My mother forgot to buy eggs because she didn’t make a shopping list.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Ann told ............................................................................................................................................
12. The air-conditioner is not working, so we feel so hot here.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Mathew said .....................................................................................................................................
13. You ought to pay more attention to your work.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 My boss told .....................................................................................................................................
14. You can’t make a cake without flour.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 John said ...........................................................................................................................................
15. Jenny has brain damage because her disease is untreated.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Peter told ..........................................................................................................................................

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 79


16. Alan made this mistake again because nobody told him.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Anna said ..........................................................................................................................................
17. I didn’t eat anything last night. That’s why I got stomachache.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Amy told ...........................................................................................................................................
18. Mark was in prison because he stole this car.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 The police officer said ......................................................................................................................
19. Hanna doesn’t speak Russian well enough to get this job.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Donny told ........................................................................................................................................
20. Go home early, or you will get wet in the rain.
 ...........................................................................................................................................................
 Tom told ...........................................................................................................................................

VI. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences using Conditional sentences in Reported speech.
1. “Press this button and the video pauses.”, my father said.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
2. “You had better choose medicine to study at college.”, said my best friend.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
3. “Lift that box carefully, or you will hurt yourself.”, said my teacher.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
4. “John was electrocuted because he touched that electric cable.”, said Alice.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
5. “Harry got low marks because he didn’t listen to the teacher carefully.”, said Anna.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
6. “My niece got pneumonia because she didn’t change her wet clothes.”, my aunt said.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
7. “Thomas makes so many mistakes as he doesn’t read the instructions carefully.”, my father said.
 ................................................................................................................................................................
8. “Our team didn’t lose the match thanks to the goalkeeper.”, said the coach.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
9. “John cannot pursuit his teaching career due to his lack of patience.”, said Hannah.
 .................................................................................................................................................................
10. “Keep your feet warm or you will catch a cold.”, said my mother.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 80


 .................................................................................................................................................................

VII. Complete the sentences with appropriate prepositions


1. There is a strict limit ______ the amount of time we can spend on the test.
2. The situations in flooded areas were worsened by lack ______ food and fresh water.
3. Asia has a population ______ over 4.5 billion in 2017.
4. The population of the world is growing ______ a dangerous rate.
5. Most students are not aware ______ the problems of pollution.
6. Most scientists say that the main reasons ______ population explosion is an increase in birth rates and
a fall in death rates.
7. The world population is increasing ______ the rate ______ about 76 million a year.
8. There is a limit ______ 2 weeks ______ this project.
9. Thanks ______ better medical care, fewer children die ______ birth.
10. We should educate people and make them aware ______ the danger ______ having more children.

VIII. Cloze text: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage
With one of the world’s lowest (1) ______ rates at 0.13%, Japan’s population will begin its decline
next year, dropping from its current 128 million to 126 million by 2015 and to 101 million by 2050,
according (2) ______ a Washington Post report. The negative effects of the population burst will be
numerous, but the most fear is of the (3) ______ worse results. Japan’s economy is currently second only (4)
______ US.
“A nation requires a certain scale in the (5) ______ to continue its moving force, but in Japan, we are
faced (6) ______ a serious combination of a low birth rates and an aging nation,” Deputy Director of Japan’s
Education Ministry Suzuki said. “Our pension system is already being tested to its (7) ______. And with
fewer young people in society, the question is: How are we going to sustain the elderly and the nation’s
future? We don’t have a clear answer yet.”
In the past ten years, the Washington Post explains that 90 theme parks aimed at children have (8)
______, while the number of hospitals in Japan with pediatric wings (wings for babies and children)
decreased from 4,119 in 1990 to 3,473 in 2000. In addition, 70 percent of young women have no interest in
(9) ______. In Japan, married women traditionally stay at home to raise children. Some towns have even
offered money to encourage couples (10) ______ a baby.
1. A. death B. birth C. job D. work
2. A. at B. for C. in D. to
3. A. economize B. economical C. economy D. economic
4. A. on B. at C. for D. to
5. A. population B. populated C. populous D. populate
6. A. Ø B. for C. with D. at
7. A. limits B. unlimited C. limited D. limitations
8. A. appeared B. disappeared C. disappearance D. appearance
9. A. marital B. married C. marriage D. marry
10. A. to having B. to have C. have D. having

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 81


UNIT 8 – CELEBRATIONS
PART I – VOCABULARY
READING
1. agrarian Adj /ə'greərɪən/ (thuộc) nghề nông
2. grand Adj /grænd/ rất quan trọng, rất lớn
 grander – the grandest
3. polite = courteous Adj /pə'laɪt/ lễ phép, lịch sự
≠ impolite = /‚ɪmpə'laɪt/ vô lễ
discourteous
 politeness = courtesy N /pə'laɪtnɪs/ sự lễ phép, sự lịch sự
≠ impoliteness /‚ɪmpə'laɪtnɪs/ sự vô lễ
 politely Adv /pə'laɪtlɪ/ lễ phép, lịch sự
≠ impolitely /‚ɪmpə'laɪtlɪ/ vô lễ, bất lịch sự, khiếm nhã
4. lunar Adj /luːnə(r)/ Thuộc về mặt trăng, thuộc về âm lịch
 Luna New Year Tết Nguyên Đán
5. popular Adj /'pɒpjələ(r)/ phổ biến, nổi tiếng
 popularize V /'pɒpjələraɪz/ đại chúng hóa, phổ biến
 popularization N /,pɒpjəərai'zeiʃn/ sự đại chúng hóa
 popularity N /‚pɒpjə'lærətɪ/ tính đại chúng, tính phổ biến
 popularly Adv /'pɒpjələ(r)lɪ/
6. positive Adj /'pɒzətɪv/ khẳng định, tích cực
≠ negative /'negətɪv/ phủ định, tiêu cực
 positively Adv /'pɒzətɪvlɪ/
≠ negatively /'negətɪvlɪ/
7. ripe Adj /raɪp/ chín, đỏ mọng, đã ăn/ uống được
chín chắn, trưởng thành
 ripen V /'raɪpən/ chín, làm cho chín
 ripeness N /'raɪpnɪs/ sự chín, sự chín chắn
8. sometime Adv /'sʌmtaim/ một lúc nào đó
9. a banner N /'bænə/ biểu ngữ
10. a firework N pháo hoa
11. a pagoda N /pə'gəʊdə/ chùa
12. an occasion N /ə'keɪʒn/ dịp, cơ hội
 occasional Adj /ə'keɪʒənl/ thỉnh thoảng
 occasionally Adv /ə'keɪʒnəlɪ/ thỉnh thoảng
13. apricot blossom N /'eɪprɪkɒt 'blɒsəm/ hoa mai
14. kumquat N /'kʌmkwɒt/ quả quất
15. luck N /lʌk/ vận may, sự may rủi
 good luck, bad luck
 lucky Adj /'lʌkɪ/ may mắn, gặp may
≠ unlucky /ʌn'lʌki/ không may, xui rủi
 luckily Adv /'lʌkɪlɪ/ may, may mắn
≠ unluckily /ʌn'lʌkilɪ/ không may, bất hạnh

16. peach blossom N /pɪːtʃ 'blɒsəm/ hoa đào

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 82


17. tradition N /trə'dɪʃn/ truyền thống
 traditional Adj /trə'dɪʃnəl/ thuộc truyền thống, theo truyền thốgn
 traditionally Adv /trə'dɪʃnəlɪ/
18. to build up V /bɪld ʌp/ xây dựng, phát triển
19. to candy V /'kændɪ/ ẩm đường, ướp đường, ngâm đường
20. to celebrate V /'selɪbreɪt/ kỷ niệm
 celebration N /‚selɪ'breɪʃn/ sự kỷ niệm, lễ kỷ niệm
 celebrity N /sɪ'lebrətɪ/ sự nổi tiếng, người nổi tiếng
21. to decorate V /'dekəreɪt/ trang hoàng, trang trí
 decoration N /‚dekə'reɪʃn/ sự trang hoàng, đồ trang trí
 decorative Adj /'dekərətɪv/ để trang trí, để làm cảnh
 decoratively Adv /ˈdɛk(ə)rətɪvli/
22. to entertain V /‚entə'teɪn/ giải trí, tiêu khiển
 entertainment N /‚entə(r)'teɪmənt/ sự giải trí, sự tiêu khiển
 entertainer N /‚entə(r)'teɪnə(r)/ ngưới làm trò
 entertaining Adj /‚entə(r)'teɪnɪŋ/ giải trí, vui thú, thú vị
 entertainingly Adv /‚entə(r)'teɪnɪŋlɪ/ hấp dẫn, thú vị
23. to envelop V /ɪn'veləp/ bao bọc, phủ
 envelope N /'envələʊp/ bao bì, phong bì
24. to exchange V /ɪks'tʃeɪndʒ/ đổi, trao đổi
 exchange N /ɪks'tʃeɪndʒ/ sự trao đổi, vật trao đổi
 exchangeable Adj /ɪks'tʃeɪndʒəbl/ có thể trao đổi được
25. to excite V /ɪk'saɪt/ kích động
 excitement N /ɪk'saɪtmənt/ sự kích động, tính trạng bị kích thích/ kích
động, sự náo động/ sôi nổi
 excited Adj /ɪk'saɪtɪd/ bị kích động, sôi nổi
 excitedly Adv /ɪk'saɪtɪdlɪ/
 exciting Adj /ɪk'saɪtɪŋ/ lý thú, hồi hộp, làm say mê
 excitingly Adv /ɪk'saɪtɪŋlɪ/
26. to influence V /'ɪnflʊəns/ ảnh hưởng
N
 influential (in) Adj /‚ɪnflʊ'enʃl/ có ảnh hưởng
27. to mark V /mɑ:rk/ đánh dấu, ghi dấu
28. to pray V /preɪ/ cầu nguyện
 prayer N /preə(r)/ lời khẩn cầu, người cầu nguyện
29. to prepare V /prɪ'peə/ chuẩn bị
 preparation N /‚prepə'reɪʃn/ sự chuẩn bị
 preparatory Adj /prɪ'pærətɔrɪ/ để chuẩn bị, để dự bị
 prepared Adj /prɪ'perd/ sẵn sàng
 preparedness N /prɪ'perdnɪs/ sự sẵn sàng, sự chuẩn bị sẵn sàng
30. to spread V /spred/ truyền đi, trải ra
31. to stick V /stɪk/ dán, dính
 sticker N /'stɪkə(r)/ miếng dán, nhãn dán
 sticky Adj /'stɪkɪ/ dính
 sticky rice N xôi
 stickily Adv /'stɪkɪlɪ/

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 83


32. to vary V /'verɪ / thay đổi, biến đổi, khác với, làm cho khác
nhau
 variety N /və'raɪətɪ/ nhiều, trạng thái khác nhau
 various Adj /'verɪəs/ đa dạng, khác nhau, nhiều
 variously Adv /'verɪəslɪ/
 variation N /‚verɪ'eɪʃn/ sự biến đổi, sự thay đổi
 variable Adj /ˈvɛːrɪəb(ə)l/ hay thay đổi, có thể thay đổi
= changeable
SPEAKING
33. turkey N /'tɜrkɪ/ gà tây
 roast turkey gà tây quay, nướng
34. (to) mask V /'mæsk/ đeo mặt nạ, che giấu
N /mɑːsk/ mặt nạ
35. to express V /ɪk'spres/ biểu lộ, bày tỏ
 expression N /ɪk'spreʃn/ sự biểu lộ, sự biểu hiện, sự diễn đạt
 expressionless Adj /ɪk'spreʃnlɪs/ không diễn cảm, không có ý nghĩa
 expressive Adj /ɪk'spresɪv/ có ý nghĩa, diễn cảm, để diễn đạt
 expressively Adv /ɪk'spresɪvlɪ/ diễn cảm, truyển cảm
 expressiveness N /ɪk'spresɪvnɪs/ tính diễn cảm
36. (to) harvest V /'hɑ:rvɪst/ gặt lúa, thu hoạch
N
37. (to) parade V /pə'reɪd/ diễu hành, tuần hành
N
LISTENING
38. constant Adj /'kɒnstənt/ bền lòng, kiên trì, trung thành
 constantly Adv /'kɒnstənlɪ/
 constancy N /'kɒnstənsɪ/ tính kiên trì, tính kiên định, sự trung thành
39. similar Adj /'sɪmɪlə(r)/ giống nhau, tương tự
 similarity N /,simi'læriti/ sự giống nhau, sự tương tự
 similarly Adv /'sɪm(ɪ)lə(r)lɪ/ tương tự
40. a housewife N /haʊswaɪf/ người nội trợ
41. a pine tree N /paɪn/ cây thông
42. a shrine N /ʃraɪn/ điện thờ, miếu thờ
43. longevity N /lɑn'dʒevətɪ/ sự sống lâu
44. to represent V /‚reprɪ'zent/ thay mặt, đại diện, tiêu biểu cho
 representation N /‚reprɪzen'teɪʃn/ sự tiêu biểu/ tương trưng, sự đại diện/ thay
mặt
 representative N /‚reːprɪ'zentətɪv/ cái tiêu biểu, tượng trưng, người đại biểu/ đại
diện
 representative Adj /‚reːprɪ'zentətɪv/ tiêu biểu, tượng trưng, đại diện
WRITING
45. a purpose N /'pɜ:rpəs/ mục đích
46. to describe V /dɪ'skraɪb/ diển tả, mô tả, miêu tả
 description N /dɪ'skrɪpʃn/ sự diễn tả, sự mô tả, sự miêu tả
 descriptive Adj /dɪ'skrɪptɪv/ diễn tả, mô tả, miêu tả
47. to include V /ɪn'kluːd/ bao gồm

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 84


LANGUAGE FOCUS
48. a flu N /fluː/ bệnh cúm
(influenza)
49. cauliflower N /'kɒlɪflaʊə/ bông cải
50. evil N /'iːvl/ điều ác, tội lỗi
51. nature N /'neɪtʃə(r)/ tự nhiên, thiên nhiên
 natural Adj /'nætʃrəl/ (thuộc) tự nhiên, thiên nhiên
52. spirit N /'spɪrɪt/ tinh thần, linh hồn, tâm hồn
 spirited Adj /'spɪrɪtɪd/ sinh động, linh hoạt, mạnh mẽ
 spiritedly Adv
 spiritual Adj /'spɪrɪtʃʊəl/ thuộc tinh thần, linh hồn, thần thánh
 spiritually Adv
53. throat N /θrəʊt/ họng, cuống họng
54. to attract V /ə'trækt/ thu hút
 attraction N /ə'trækʃn/ sự thu hút, sự hấp dẫn. sự lôi cuốn
 attractive Adj /ə'træktɪv/ thu hút, hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn
 attractively Adv /ə'træktɪvlɪ/
55. to freeze V /frɪːz/ đóng băng, đông lạnh
(froze – frozen)
56. to manage V /'mænɪdʒ/ quản lý, điều khiển
 manager N /'mænɪdʒə(r)/ người quản lý
 management N /'mænɪdʒmənt/ sự quản lý, sự điều khiển
 manageable Adj /'mænɪdʒəbl/ có thể quản lý/ điều khiển
57. to mean V /miːn/ nghĩa là, có ý định
 meaning N /'miːnɪŋ/ nghĩa, ý nghĩa
(Adj - before N) Adj có ý nghĩa
 meaningful Adj /'mːɪnɪŋfʊl/ đầy ý nghĩa, có ý nghĩa
 meaningfulness N /'mɪːnɪŋfʊlnɪs/ sự có ý nghĩa
 meaningfully Adv /'mɪːnɪŋfʊlɪ/
 meaningless Adj /'mːɪnɪŋlɪs/ vô nghĩa
 meaninglessness N /'mɪːnɪŋlɪsnɪs/ sự vô nghĩa
 meaninglessly Adv /'mːɪnɪŋlɪslɪ/
58. to overflow V /'əʊvə(r)fləʊ/ làm tràn ngập, đầy tràn
59. to overthrow V /‚əʊvə(r)θrəʊ/ lật đổ, phá đổ, đạp đổ
60. to pick up V /pɪk ʌp/ nhặt lên, đón
61. to thrive V /θraɪv/ thịnh vượng, phát đạt, phát triển nhanh
 thriving Adj /'θraɪvɪŋ/ giàu có, thịnh vượng, lớn mạnh
62. to turn up V /tɜːn ʌp/ xuất hiện, đến, xảy ra, bật lớn (âm thanh)
63. to ward V /wɔːd/ trông nom, bảo trợ

PART II – EXERCISES
I. Pronunciation: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. constancy B. festival C. celebration D. valentine
2. A. grandest B. candy C. occasion D. calendar
3. A. threaten B. together C. throat D. three
4. A. country B. plums C. popular D. kumquat

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 85


5. A. peach B. receive C. build D. believe
6. A. often B. spiritual C. nature D. future
7. A. shrine B. preparation C. occasion D. special
8. A. receive B. sugar C. western D. positive
9. A. longevity B. agrarian C. longer D. together
10. A. prepare B. special C. together D. decorate
11. A. January B. during C. usually D. February
12. A. polite B. ripe C. sometime D. tradition
13. A. ones B. always C. busy D. also
14. A. pagoda B. various C. agrarian D. tradition
15. A. each B. children C. exchange D. Christmas
16. A. housewife B. kimono C. clothes D. pagoda
17. A. various B. children C. candy D. each
18. A. village B. manage C. message D. decorate
19. A. various B. represent C. visit D. members
20. A. through B. month C. other D. Thanksgiving

II. Stress: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. exchange B. sometime C. believe D. polite
2. A. blossom B. often C. inside D. flower
3. A. express B. before C. enjoy D. sticky
4. A. implementation B. inexpensively C. similarity D. representative
5. A. visit B. focus C. parade D. member
6. A. fatty B. attend C. other D. purpose
7. A. tradition B. apricot C. however D. tomato
8. A. constancy B. similar C. Vietnamese D. usually
9. A. excitement B. overflow C. occasion D. expression
10. A. entertain B. holiday C. calendar D. celebrate
11. A. November B. overthrow C. pagoda D. exactly
12. A. lunar B. Chinese C. describe D. today
13. A. family B. influence C. envelop D. positive
14. A. festival B. various C. Japanese D. envelope
15. A. spirit B. evil C. harvest D. dessert
16. A. country B. special C. busy D. throughout
17. A. cauliflower B. activity C. agrarian D. traditional
18. A. represent B. kimono C. computer D. together
19. A. nowadays B. popular C. decorate D. important
20. A. entertainment B. decoration C. influential D. longevity

III. Word form: Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in the brackets
1. Those ______ and energetic competitors are eager to join the games immediately. (spirit)
2. Don’t worry! A ______ from the tour company will meet you at the check-in. (represent)
3. Let’s buy some champagne in ______ of Mary’s graduation. (celebrate)
4. Daniel is filled with ______ at the thought of being a would-be father. (excite)
5. My mother is planning everything in ______ for the Lunar New Year. (prepare)
6. The receptionist smiled ______ and showed us the way to the main hall. (polite)
7. Peter got low scores for he was not ______ for all these questions. (prepare)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 86


8. By some ______ chances, Anna was unable to win any scholarships. (luck)
9. I really love Mary’s large and ______ eyes. (express)
10. Anna shouted ______ and ran towards her husband after 6 months apart. (excite)
11. Our teacher requires us to write a ______ of our most favorite landscape. (describe)
12. This week’s ______ include three new plays and two concerts of Chinese and Japanese music.
(entertain)
13. Put some more pink and green icing on your cake if you want it to look more ______. (decorate)
14. Mary greeted our family with formal ______. (polite)
15. Those farmers demanded greater ______ in the government. (represent)
16. We are likely to forget our old friends’ names ______. (occasion)
17. People believe that breast-feeding is better than bottle-feeding because it’s more ______. (nature)
18. These experts are analyzing the dramatic ______ in global temperatures. (vary)
19. Steve’s parents are so ______ since he is flying home after studying abroad for 5 years . (excite)
20. Mary was ______ enough to be appointed as a member of the team. (luck)
21. Mr. Smith retired at the age of 65, after 30 years as an ______. (entertain)
22. Finally, Eric decided to quit his job for ______ reasons. (vary)
23. The color black is ______ associated with mourning. (tradition)
24. Mary left her office 10 minutes late, and ______ missed the last bus back home. (luck)
25. Parents should be aware of the ______ needs of their children. (vary)
26. Donny has studied in Australia for 5 years, but with ______ visits to his relatives there. (occasion)
27. In Britain, the ______ Sunday lunch consists of roast meat, potatoes and other vegetables. (tradition)
28. ______ for the students, their teacher forgot to check their homework. (luck)
29. Johnny wrote a poem to Hannah as an ______ of his love. (express)
30. Teachers are expected to apply both ______ and modern methods to train their students. (tradition)
31. ______, all people find time to get together with their family to celebrate new year. (tradition)
32. Those flowers are arranged ______ in the middle of the conference room. (decorate)
33. In some cultures, it is considered ______ when asking the other’s ages. (polite)
34. We decided to make these Christmas ______ by ourselves. (decorate)
35. Derrick’s novels are not only well-written but also ______. (entertain)
36. The lake near my grandparents’ house has more than 10 ______ of fishes. (vary)
37. There has been an increase in the ______ of Boléro in recent years. (popular)
38. The arts of flower arrangement have made those tables look more ______. (decorate)
39. It takes Mr. Smith three hours to ______ how to write an essay for his students. (popular)
40. Charlie Chaplin is regarded as one of the most ______ film director of his generation. (influence)

IV. Multiple choice: Choose the best answer


1. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: During national celebrations, people often wear traditional custom of
their countries.
A. custom B. traditional C. national D. countries
2. SYNONYM: Most children are always excited about the Tet holidays.
A. afraid B. special C. delighted D. constant
3. During every special event, streets are often ______ with colorful lights and different kinds of banners.
A. paraded B. exchanged C. decorated D. represented
4. My mother loves ______ our house with different kinds of flowers.
A. doing B. decorating C. drawing D. cleaning
5. Everybody all fell on their knees and started to ______ for the victims of the bomb attack.
A. pray B. decorate C. visit D. memorialize

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 87


6. SYNONYM: New Year is one of the most important occasions in the year of every country.
A. traditions B. participations C. organizations D. celebrations
7. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: On the first days of Tet, only positive comments should be done.
A. done B. of C. first D. positive
8. How do people ______ New Year in your country, Chris?
A. celebrate B. organize C. parade D. participate
9. Among many ______ of Mid-autumn festival, I enjoy the parade of lanterns most.
A. decorations B. games C. celebrations D. activities
10. All citizens are ______ with a wonderful display of aerobatics.
A. represented B. celebrated C. paraded D. entertained
11. Those students join the voluntary race, carrying a ______ reading “Save our environment”.
A. banner B. wish C. firework D. tradition
12. Tet is an opportunity for children to receive ______ in red envelopes.
A. lucky money B. fruit cakes C. toy cars D. special dresses
13. The main ______ of Jack’s holiday to Hawaii was to go surfing.
A. occasion B. belief C. purpose D. spread
14. SYNONYM: It is customary to eat Banh Chung on the Lunar New Year in Vietnam.
A. modern B. traditional C. important D. necessary
15. We decided to ______ the phone numbers and Facebook accounts at our first date.
A. exchange B. expense C. express D. receive
16. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: My wedding was one of the most grandest and most important
occasions in my life.
A. most B. of C. occasions D. important
17. Can you tell me any ______ among the holidays of most Asian countries?
A. festivals B. traditions C. similarities D. celebrations
18. My little son drew a big tree and ______ it green and brown.
A. influenced B. marked C. colored D. cleaned
19. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: The tradition food that people often eat on Thanksgiving Day is roast
turkey.
A. on B. roast C. tradition D. eat
20. Most children’s television programs aim to educate and ______ at the same time.
A. express B. entertain C. organize D. prepare
th th
21. Mid-Autumn festival is ______ on the 15 day of the 8 lunar month of the year/
A. happened B. made C. celebrated D. organized
th
22. SYNONYM: Valentine’s Day falls on February 14 every year.
A. marks B. organizes C. drops D. takes place
23. SYNONYM: Most of the agrarian land in my hometown has been turned in to urban areas.
A. raising B. agricultural C. urban D. traditional
24. ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Eric has decorative his house with flowers and stickers a week before
Tet.
A. a B. decorative C. with D. stickers
25. SYNONYM: Peach blossoms are popular at Tet in the north of Vietnam.
A. branches B. leaves C. plants D. flowers
26. The team leader hadn’t made any ______ about the failure of our team.
A. prayers B. luck C. wishes D. comments
27. People believe that what they do on the first days of New Year will ______ their luck during the year.
A. exchange B. influence C. celebrate D. comment

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 88


28. For agrarian people, Tet ______ the beginning of a new year for their crops.
A. shows B. marks C. expresses D. prepares
29. On Valentine’s Day, young people often ______ their love to each other.
A. talk B. emphasize C. mention D. express
30. On the first day of Tet, people often visit their relatives and friends to ______ New Year wishes.
A. obey B. exchange C. talk D. consider

V. Complete the following sentences, using “one” or “ones”


1. These blouses are so nice, but I prefer this red ______.
2. We decided to throw these old curtains away and buy some new ______.
3. These roses are fresh, but those ______ are nicer.
4. This billionaire has 5 expensive cars. Each ______ has its own chauffeur. (chauffeur = a person whose
job is to drive a car)
5. This laptop is much better than the ______ I have bought.
6. I have many pens. I can lend you ______ if you want.
7. Mary had many pencils, but she can never find ______ when she needs.
8. Put down these large boxes here, and those small ______ over there.
9. Which of those boys is your brother? He’s the ______ with short jeans and black T-shirt.
10. There are two films shown at CVG tonight? Which ______ do you prefer?
11. My new glasses are much stronger than my old ______.
12. Which is your car? The black ______ near the fence.
13. The shorter road to my village is the ______ on the left.
14. My son prefer these small toy cars to those bigger ______`.
15. Those shoes are so expensive! Can you show me some cheaper ______?
16. They are building a new bridge there. The old ______ has collapsed during the storm.
17. Mary is wearing a new dress, the red ______.
18. Our books are the ______ next to the self.
19. The students who are most successful are usually the ______ who come to all classes.
20. When you cook clams, you shouldn’t eat the ______ that haven’t opened yet.

VI. Complete the following sentences, using “someone/ something”, “anyone/ anything”, “everyone/
everything” or “no one/ nothing”
1. There is ____________ waiting for you at the entrance of our office.
2. Do you know ____________ interested in our project?
3. Can you feel ____________ strange about this house?
4. I went to Jack’s birthday party, but I didn’t know ____________ there.
5. Would you like ____________ to drive you home?
6. Shall I ask ____________ to help you with these reports?
7. Would you like ____________ cold to drink?
8. The meeting started at 8 a.m., but ____________ turned up until 8:30 a.m.
9. ____________ has to write a report and hand it in before tomorrow morning.
10. ____________ forgot the wallet here, didn’t they?
11. ____________ in this room was in bright colors.
12. I’m so sorry. There was ____________ I could do to help you out of these problems.
13. ____________ was at home when I came to your house yesterday, so I left.
14. I need ____________ skillful to fix these machines.
15. Do you know ____________ reliable to work with?

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 89


16. We’re so hungry. We have got ____________ to eat until now.
17. ____________ interesting has happened until now.
18. The truck crushed into the back of thus bus, but there was ____________ injured.
19. There isn’t ____________ watching TV at the moment? Can you turn it off?
20. There is ____________ in this suitcase. It’s empty.
21. Janet got upset about ____________ in her job and decided to resign.
22. My neighbor lost ____________ in the fire, their house and their possessions.
23. ____________ knows about this project because it is strictly confidential.
24. Donny has done ____________ to increase the online sales. But ____________ has gone right until now.
25. The tests are so difficult that ____________ can get 8 marks.
26. Derrick is the only one at the office now. ____________ has gone home.
27. Has ____________ seen Jane recently? I cannot contact her.
28. After John finished his talk, ____________ stood up and gave a big hand.
29. Shall I cook ____________ for you to eat? You seem so tired.
30. Jack hones he can find ____________ to travel with him next summer.
31. Is there ____________ interesting in this magazine?
32. The plan went smoothly because ____________ knew what to do.
33. I’m afraid I know ____________ about this exercise. Can you explain it to me?
34. Derek did ____________ yesterday, he just slept and watched TV all day.
35. My uncle has tried to sell his cars for months, but ____________ wants to buy it.
36. I am not going to this party because I’ve got ____________ to wear.
37. The earthquake has destroyed ____________ within a 50-mile radius.
38. ____________ in my office wants to drive to work due to heavy traffic jams during rush hours.
39. If ____________ call when I am out, please tell him or her I will call back.
40. Derrick always told me ____________ about his new job.

VII. Rewrite: Rewrite the following sentences using the words given.
1. Daniel didn’t do anything yesterday. (nothing)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
2. All the people in the room were singing the “Happy Birthday” song. (everyone)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
3. There was nothing I could do to gain more weight. (anything)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
4. No one was on time for the meeting this morning. (everyone)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
5. I’m afraid I don’t know anything about her wedding. (nothing)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
6. My office is empty when I arrive. (no one)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
7. When I phoned you yesterday, there was no reply. (no one)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
8. The box in this corner isn’t empty. (something)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
9. We are all beer drinkers here. (everybody)
 .........................................................................................................................................................
10. All the things in my room are in blue and white. (everything)
 .........................................................................................................................................................

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 90


VIII. Complete the sentences with appropriate prepositions
1. Christmas is a special events ______ children to receive gifts ______ their parents and relatives.
2. Tet ______ Vietnam falls ______ the first days ______ Lunar calendar.
3. Agrarian people, who live mainly ______ farming, depend ______ the lunar calendar to manage their
crops.
4. The Japanese often decorate their houses ______ some small pine trees ______ both sides ______ the
door.
5. Many people go to the pagodas or churches to pray ______ health and happiness ______ themselves and
their families.
6. Banh Chung is made ______ sticky rice, green beans and fatty pork.
7. ______ the first days of Tet, everyone tries to be nice and polite ______ each other.
8. ______ New Year’s Eve, people make offerings ______ their ancestors and go to churches or pagodas.
9. Tet ______ Vietnam falls sometimes ______ 16th January and 20 February ______ the Western calendar.
10. ______ the beginning ______ Tet, only positive comments should be made to avoid bad luck ______ the
whole year.

IX. Cloze text: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage
In Viet Nam, there is great (1) ______ which is built up before Tet Nguyen Dan. First, every family
organizes a trip to the cemetery to visit the graves of their ancestors. After that, (2)______ an air of
prosperity, wealth and fun for the first three days of the Lunar New Year, people are kept busy cooking
(3)______ foods, buying gifts, and making other preparations. Certain items deemed to be bought or made
are Banh Chung, dried watermelon seeds, tea, dried sausages, fruit (fresh and candied), (4)ornamental
plants and flowers. Red and yellow flowers are ideal as they make the house more welcoming. (5)______ the
New Year’s days, only (6)______ comments and wishes can be expressed. Children receive their li xi (or red
envelopes with (7)______ inside). People make a visit to family members, neighbors, and close friends. And
people who live apart from their family try to get (8)______ on these days. Clearly enough, games and
(9)______ forms of entertainment are staged and these often last a week. Varying traditional specialties
(10)______ wrestling, buffalo fighting, dragon and unicorn dancing take place in different religions.
1. A. excitement B. exciting C. excite D. excited
2. A. creating B. created C. to be created D. to create
3. A. modern B. expressive C. traditional D. preparatory
4. A. agrarian B. occasional C. influential D. decorative
5. A. on B. at C. for D. in
6. A. harmful B. positive C. negative D. worse
7. A. peach blossoms B. good luck C. candied fruits D. lucky money
8. A. away B. together C. around D. about
9. A. variation B. various C. varied D. variety
10. A. adding B. consisting C. including D. mentioning

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 91


REVIEW – GRADE 11
UNIT 1, 2, 3
PART I - Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. longer B. angle C. understanding D. angry
2. A. folk B. quality C. believe D. stolen
3. A. finger B. language C. hanger D. anger
4. A. generous B. danger C. region D. gossip
5. A. sympathy B. physical C. loyal D. quality
6. A. concern B. autumn C. grandmother D. hand
7. A. singer B. bringing C. hungry D. spring
8. A. thank B. afternoon C. country D. danger
9. A. pleasure B. calf C. special D. simply
10. A. daughter B. which C. wherever D. whose
11. A. brighten B. acquaintance C. suggestion D. interest
12. A. uncle B. angel C. changeable D. handsome
13. A. admire B. educate C. spend D. describe
14. A. whether B. honest C. what D. humorous
15. A. station B. uncertain C. student D. imitate
16. A. walk B. would C. influence D. half
17. A. individual B. decide C. discuss D. video
18. A. angel B. together C. religion D. changeable
19. A. try B. type C. yes D. reply
20. A. question B. mention C. picture D. nature
21. A. could B. calm C. chalk D. schoolbag
22. A. chief B. school C. catch D. much
23. A. watch B. Christmas C. headache D. stomach
24. A. mutual B. feature C. future D. patient
25. A. housework B. when C. happen D. whole
26. A. chemical B. champagne C. chef D. machine
27. A. changeable B. scholarship C. schedule D. character
28. A. acquaintance B. friend C. second D. think
29. A. language B. eager C. imagine D. intelligent
30. A. exhibition B. who C. honor D. exhaust

PART II - Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. humorous B. suspicious C. journalist D. generous
2. A. loyal B. certain C. constant D. away
3. A. original B. appreciate C. memorial D. memorable
4. A. surprise B. progress C. concern D. forgive
5. A. activity B. emergency C. understanding D. indifferent
6. A. characteristic B. personality C. international D. unforgettable
7. A. together B. remember C. interview D. occasion
8. A. introduce B. loyalty C. changeable D. constancy
9. A. imaginary B. anniversary C. enthusiasm D. uncomfortable
10. A. understand B. principle C. physical D. beautiful
11. A. include B. trouble C. open D. briefcase

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 92


12. A. capable B. attraction C. unselfish D. acquaintance
13. A. unfriendly B. uncertain C. attitude D. December
14. A. sympathy B. influence C. quality D. lemonade
15. A. rumour B. always C. prefer D. honest
16. A. successful B. refreshment C. discover D. entertain
17. A. gossip B. brighten C. modest D. concern
18. A. celebrate B. excited C. embarrass D. informal
19. A. arrive B. common C. affair D. recite
20. A. sympathetic B. difficulty C. beneficial D. entertainment
21. A. replace B. escape C. affect D. finish
22. A. incapable B. interviewer C. experience D. unselfishness
23. A. apartment B. condition C. appearance D. benefit
24. A. personal B. memory C. realize D. suspicion
25. A. rescue B. result C. sincere D. decide
26. A. admire B. friendship C. without D. remain
27. A. receive B. pleasure C. invite D. destroy
28. A. notice B. inside C. delight D. describe
29. A. succeed B. selfish C. between D. believe
30. A. complain B. tired C. indeed D. despite

PART III – Complete the following sentences with the correct forms of the words in the brackets
1. Thanks to her ______, Mary’s reports are free of mistakes and errors. (care)
2. Most old people are ______ of caring for themselves and need someone to take care of them. (capable)
3. Hannah was too ______ to admit that she was scared if spiders. (embarrass)
4. It is ______ true that everyone should have his or her own lifelong relationship. (certain)
5. We really admire Mr. Smith for his deep ______ to his company. (loyal)
6. Anna becomes pretty ______ about traveling to Maldives next week. (excite)
7. Governments are trying to eliminate those environmentally ______ products from the markets. (friend)
8. Mark doesn’t seem really ______ about going shopping with his girlfriend. (enthusiasm)
9. Girls always find gossiping with friends in free time ______ and relaxing. (interest)
10. I really ______ with those who lost their families in the earthquake. (sympathy)
11. The road-building program has led to the ______ of the rainforest. (destroy)
12. Students are asked to ______ some poems when studying Literature. (memory)
13. Johnny made some ______ visits to his old friends when coming back to his hometown. (occasion)
14. It takes me many days to get ______ with new friends at university. (acquaint)
15. Why do teenagers take ______ in hanging out with their friends instead of staying at home? (please)
16. We are so ______ that both of you can come to our wedding party. (please)
17. I get a lot of ______ for people who spend their time helping people around. (admire)
18. Most children have a very vivid ______ about their surrounding world. (imagine)
19. Most fairy tales are set in an ______ world. (imagine)
20. Hey Sarah, you had better put some more ______ on your cake. (decorate)
21. The honeymoon is always ______ for most newly-weds. (forget)
22. Thomas is such an ______ writer that he can make up a number of novels with different plots. (imagine)
23. Jack drove his car ______ after drinking a lot of beer and caused a serious accident. (care)
24. Everybody played games ______ in Jack’s farewell party last night. (enthusiasm)
25. It was Sarah’s ______ to quit her job and stay at home with her 6-month child. (decide)
26. It’s so ______ to be caught slipping on the wet floor. (embarrass)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 93


27. Eric seems not to be ______ in dancing during parties; he prefers sitting and listening to music. (interest)
28. The students are filled with______ at the thought of having two weeks off after their exams. (excite)
29. Virginia is ______ as the birthplace of several US presidents. (fame)
30. We want to organize a truly ______ party for my baby on his birthday. (memory)
31. The modern weapons can be ______ to the people’s lives. (destroy)
32. Jimmy is a ______ listener; he always gives me good advice. (sympathy)
33. My grandfather is getting ______ of his children’s names. (forget)
34. Mr. Derrick is just one of my potential business ______. (acquaint)
35. There is a special ______ tonight to mark my younger sister’s graduation. (celebrate)
36. My best friend is studying in Australia now, so I only see him very ______. (occasion)
37. My husband is making a ______ frame for the mirror in our bathroom. (decorate)
38. Is there anything ______ at the party last night, Amy? (excite)
39. Her story is not really well-written but always ______. (entertain)
40. There need to be some changes in the ______ of the working environment. (organize)

Part IV – Choose the best answer


1. SYNONYM: It is hard to get used to the bustling noise in the city.
A. acquainted B. taken C. off D. attracted
2. The girl he went out with today seemed rather _________. He said he was not impressed by her
appearance.
A. attractive B. capable C. unattractive D. incapable
3. ANTONYM: Jack is so changeable a man that he rarely determines to do anything.
A. inconsistent B. common C. loyal D. constant
4. SYNONYM: Linda often spends lots of her time gossiping with her classmates.
A. rumoring B. chatting C. discussing D. conversing
5. SYNONYM: Vietnamese are generous and hospitable to all tourists visiting the country.
A. cold B. unfriendly C. friendly D. joyful
6. Being a mother brings her so much ________.
A. joyful B. joyfulness C. joy D. enjoy
7. To reach _______ understanding, friends must be willing to listen to each other.
A. personal B. physical C. pleasure D. mutual
8. Loyalty, unselfishness, constancy, mutual trust and sympathy are some ________ that a good friend
should have.
A. quantities B. rumors C. qualities D. qualifications
9. No one really _______ that he was the true culprit because he had provided them with many evidences.
A. suspicion B. suspected C. suspects D. suspicious
10. John is such a good friend to have. He always lends me his _______ ears.
A. sympathy B. sympathizing C. sympathetic D. sympathetically
11. Somehow his house was ________ by the earthquake while the others were completely destroyed.
A. affected B. unaffected C. effect D. ineffective
12. The teacher _______ all the efforts that the students have made in preparation for the upcoming exam.
A. embraces B. embarrasses C. appreciates D. demands
13. SYNONYM: She can’t remember the exact location of her bike in the parking lot.
A. right B. wrong C. about D. approximate
14. Luis tried so hard to clear the bar in his high jumping exam that he ended up making himself ________.
A. embarrassment B. embarrass C. embarrassing D. embarrassed
15. ANTONYM: Escaping the burning was her most traumatizing and unforgettable experience.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 94


A. unmemorable B. memorable C. memorizing D. unforgotten
16. Watching sports can be a/an _______ entertaining experience.
A. forgettable B. extremely C. exactly D. exciting
17. At first _______, people may think the test is really difficult. In fact, it isn’t.
A. time B. meeting C. glance D. appearing
18. Try not to point _______ other people because it is considered rude and impolite.
A. with B. in C. on D. at
19. There is a something so _______ about him. I am pretty sure he is the thief.
A. loyal B. friendly C. sneaky D. imaginative
20. Your son is so creative and ________. Just look at his amazing drawing and you will see.
A. imagine B. imaginable C. imaginary D. imaginative
21. SYNONYM: The baby will imitate whatever their parents do.
A. copy B. protect C. follow D. replace
22. Family is _______. You can’t buy yourself a family.
A. replace B. replacing C. irreplaceable D. replaced
23. Be loyal ________ your friend and you will not be disappointed.
A. at B. about C. for D. to
24. People who are only concerned _______ their own happiness and interests can never be a good friend.
A. to B. for C. with D. in
th
25. Their 50 wedding _______ will be held in a luxury hotel.
A. party B. celebration C. anniversary D. event
26. SYNONYM: Although their house is not big, it is really cozy.
A. cold B. warm C. small D. large
27. The newly-wedded _______ decide to spend their honeymoon in Bali.
A. bride B. groom C. couple D. friend
28. They have their house ________ with lights and ornaments for Christmas.
A. redecorate B. decorate C. decoration D. decorated
29. After _______ her husband, Nami got the child custody and brought her son up by herself.
A. marrying B. separating C. gathering D. divorcing
30. After greeting the ________, the host started the show with a welcoming song.
A. hostess B. organizers C. guesses D. guests
31. Don’t play a ________ on me. It is not funny.
A. game B. joke C. icing D. milestone
32. What is your _______ status? Single or married?
A. married B. marriage C. marrying D. marital
33. We decided to stay and clean up the _______ we had made.
A. fuss B. wad C. mark D. mess
34. SYNONYM: The organizer of the event was no other than Ms. Stark herself.
A. party-goer B. hostess C. host D. guest
35. SYNONYM: The food and drink are served during break.
A. services B. candles C. refreshments D. party
36. The doctor who met yesterday specializes ________ cancer-related diseases.
A. to B. in C. for D. up
37. The song is ________ sang for Zoe’s birthday.
A. special B. especially C. specially D. specialty
38. After her friends finished singing, she blew _______ the colorful candles.
A. up B. down C. in D. out

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 95


39. SYNONYM: We sliced the cakes into smaller pieces.
A. divided B. cut C. shared D. A&B are correct
40. We had to skip the party because the ______ is not enough.
A. milestone B. banquet C. budget D. invitation

PART V – Complete the following sentences with correct forms/ tenses of the verbs in the brackets
1. After a nightmare, she found it difficult ____________ so she looked for a book ____________. (sleep –
read)
2. His doctor advised him ____________ smoking, but he found it impossible ____________ his habit. (stop
– quit)
3. They had their windows ____________ last week. (paint)
4. When he got off the plane, we ____________ for him for an hour. (wait)
5. Did you notice someone ____________ the room last night? (enter)
6. Look! Do you see an insect ____________ on your foot? (crawl)
7. I have in interesting thing ____________ you, but you have to promise ____________ it secret. (tell –
keep)
8. Listen! Someone ____________ up the stairs. (walk)
9. Tanyan has spent a lot of time ____________ about the solar system. (learn)
10. ____________ happily, Mrs. Pike took the baby in her arms. (smile)
11. Smoking ____________ bad for health, so my father ____________ smoking three years ago. (be – stop)
12. We ____________ on Main Street when a dog ran in front of our car. (drive)
13. His greatest ambition is ____________ to take part in the Olympics. (choose)
14. Andrew ____________ on a safari before and he is so excited. (never be)
15. My father usually ____________ beer after meals but now he ____________ tea. (drink)
16. Since his bike was stolen last week, he ____________ to work by bus. (go)
17. Mr. Thompson was interested in ____________ for the new position as regional manager. (consider)
18. She has admitted ____________ a little scared of space travel.
19. It’s too late now. There’s no point in ____________ with them. (argue)
20. When we came to see Tom last night, he ____________ to music (listen)
21. Our school ____________ breaks for about 20 minutes. (usually have)
22. Thomas will never forget ____________ the Queen when she visited her university. (meet)
23. Most famous persons do not like ____________ personal questions. (ask)
24. He remembered ____________ the book last night. (give)
25. Louis had some problems ____________ train tickets in Beijing since he does not speak Chinese. (buy)

PART VI – Complete the following sentences with a suitable preposition


1. She had a quick glance ______ the newspaper.
2. You should have more confidence ______ your speaking skills.
3. He always complains ______ his mother about his work.
4. It’s Jane’s farewell party ______ Friday night.
5. He blew ______ 16 candles on his birthday cake.
6. We don’t know what to give Dad ______ Christmas.
7. I prefer celebrating my birthday at home ______ at the restaurant.
8. His mother brought ______ a colorful birthday cake.
9. A selfish person is incapable ______ true friendship.
10. Jack blamed me ______ losing his watch.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 96


PART VII – Rewrite the following sentences with NO MORE THAN FIVE WORDS, using the words
given
1. Can you open the door for me? (OPENING)
 Do you ............................................................................. me?
2. I think it would be a good idea if we set off earlier. (SETTING)
 I ........................................................................................ .
3. How long have you joined this training course? (JOIN)
 When ................................................................................ course?
4. I should have taken my medicine this morning but I didn’t remember. (TAKE)
 I forgot ............................................................................. morning.
5. Eric has joined this speaking club for six months. (JOIN)
 Eric ................................................................................... club six months ago.
6. When did you brother go abroad? (SINCE)
 How long is ...................................................................... abroad?
7. Adrian had difficulty in speaking English. (DIFFICULT)
 It is ................................................................................... English.
8. I’ll help you with the preparation for the party. (HELPING)
 I don’t .............................................................................. preparation for the party.
9. Diana has learned the piano since 2010. (IN)
 Diana started .................................................................... 2010.
10. The tour guide says we have to stay here until he comes back. (STAY)
 The tour guide makes ....................................................... comes back.
11. The security guard allowed Mary to take her puppy in. (IN)
 The security let ................................................................ .
12. Peter cannot stop thinking about Sarah. (CAN’T)
 Peter ................................................................................. .
13. Derrick has not gone fishing since he moved to the city. (WHEN)
 Derrick ............................................................................. moved to the city.
14. We really want to see you next weekend. (FORWARD)
 We .................................................................................... next weekend.
15. I didn’t want to tell Jack about the plan. I’ so sorry. (ABOUT)
 I regret .............................................................................. .
16. I couldn’t pay for such an expensive house. (ENOUGH)
 I don’t .............................................................................. for such an expensive house.
17. Jane has not joined our year-end party for two years. (SINCE)
 It is ................................................................................... joined year-end party.
18. I cannot sleep because they talk so loudly. (ME)
 They talk too .................................................................... .
19. Peter has not gone to Japan before. (GONE)
 This is the ......................................................................... to Japan.
20. It took me 5 hours to finish the research. (HOURS)
 I ........................................................................................ research.
21. My uncle decided to stop smoking last year. (UP)
 My uncle decided ............................................................. last year.
22. My parents have not gone to the cinema since last year. (WAS)
 The last time my parents .................................................. last year
23. It is raining very heavily, so we cannot play soccer outside. (US)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 97


 It is raining too ................................................................. soccer outside.
24. My boss doesn’t let us leave early during working days. (NOT)
 My boss does ................................................................... early during working days.
25. I came here so that I could see my teacher. (AS)
 I came here ....................................................................... teacher.
26. Peter has worked here for 2 years. (WORKING)
 Peter began .....................................................................
27. Anna started playing games at 5 o’clock. (BEEN)
 Anna ............................................................................... 5 o’clock.
28. I haven’t talked to him for two months. (TALKED)
 I ....................................................................................... months ago.
29. Mary hasn’t gone shopping for 3 weeks. (WAS)
 The last time Mary ......................................................... ago.
30. I haven’t seen Peter since I moved to HCMC. (WHEN)
 The last time I saw ......................................................... to HCMC.
31. Sarah hasn’t called her boyfriend since last week. (LAST)
 Sarah ............................................................................... week.
32. I have never met that man before. (FIRST)
 It is the ............................................................................ that man.
33. I haven’t gone to the bookshop since last month. (SINCE)
 It is .................................................................................. time I went to the book shop.
34. Tom and Marie have been key pals for two years. (TWO)
 It ..................................................................................... Tom and Marie became key pals.
35. John hasn’t eat raw fish before. (FIRST)
 It is the ............................................................................ raw fish.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 98


GRADE 11 – REVIEW
(U4-U8)
PART I - Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
1. A. feature B. nature C. question D. nation
2. A. celebration B. mountain C. hospital D. sometimes
3. A. throughout B. birth C. thus D. both
4. A. recite B. exercise C. vacation D. procedure
5. A. observe B. present C. sponsor D. enthusiasm
6. A. smoothly B. northern C. growth D. method
7. A. congratulate B. performance C. handicapped D. activity
8. A. champion B. children C. achieve D. school
9. A. instead B. scientist C. mention D. automobile
10. A. pagoda B. calendar C. manage D. candied
11. A. area B. problem C. college D. remote
12. A. pagoda B. generation C. agrarian D. sugared
13. A. disaster B. donate C. martyr D. father
14. A. disadvantage B. manage C. understand D. orphanage
15. A. website B. iron C. figure D. provide
16. A. voluntary B. listen C. stimulate D. disaster
17. A. kumquat B. number C. popular D. lucky
18. A. deny B. difficulty C. activity D. many
19. A. shrine B. housewife C. valentine D. television
20. A. months B. although C. through D. marathon

PART II - Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
1. A. question B. arrive C. prevent D. receipt
2. A. similarity B. voluntarily C. enthusiasm D. opportunity
3. A. provide B. comfort C. listen D. often
4. A. physical B. stimulate C. handicapped D. understand
5. A. awareness B. distribute C. improvement D. volunteer
6. A. wonderful B. popular C. champion D. enjoyment
7. A. excursion B. disaster C. organize D. vacation
8. A. disadvantage B. activity C. generation D. disappointed
9. A. decorate B. procedure C. athletic D. exciting
10. A. suffer B. shortage C. nation D. receive
11. A. ashamed B. martyr C. award D. achieve
12. A. exercise B. implement C. represent D. policy
13. A. orphanage B. remember C. announcement D. encourage
14. A. important B. different C. example D. assistance
15. A. educational B. representative C. enthusiastic D. similarity
16. A. longevity B. championship C. available D. officially
17. A. sponsor B. dessert C. private D. offer
18. A. expensive B. influence C. performance D. invalid
19. A. society B. participate C. voluntary D. particular
20. A. believe B. visit C. enough D. require

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 99


PART III – Complete the following sentences with the correct forms of the words in the brackets
1. I have just submitted a written ______ form for a driving license. (apply)
2. Thomas was so ______ that he could successfully climb the Mount. Everest. (courage)
3. This book provides us with a vivid ______ of life in Ancient Rome. (describe)
4. My grandparents want to spend their ______ in the countryside. (retire)
5. ______, people get together and have dinner with roast turkeys on Thanksgiving. (tradition)
6. Daniel has made a ______ contribution to the success of our team. (value)
7. Mark does ______ work for the Red Cross after retiring from her company. (volunteer)
8. I cannot live ______ on my salary as a fresher. (comfort)
9. The implementation of the new system is made with the ______ of all employees. (cooperate)
10. Johnny made a small ______ to charity with his saving. (donate)
11. Those students are studying the ______ in the cultures of Asian countries. (similar)
12. Cuc Phuong is one of the most famous ______ parks in Vietnam. (nation)
13. ______, no one has been injured after this unannounced earthquake. (luck)
14. I cannot think of any possible ______ for Jane’s recent absence. (explain)
15. These exhaust fumes are extremely ______ to people’s health. (danger)
16. Olympic Games attract thousands of ______ all over the world. (participate)
17. Most of the houses in my village have been gradually ______ with new technology. (modern)
18. With ______ from her parents, Mary has passed her final examinations with flying colors. (courage)
19. These ______ give blood twice a year. (donate)
20. Hannah never feels ______ about doing gardening on weekend. (comfort)
21. Students will be easily ______ from reading in case the texts are too long and complicated. (courage)
22. The match between Real Madrid and Manchester United is one of the most ______ matches I’ve ever
seen. (excite)
23. These students had great ______ in concentrating on their lessons. (difficult)
24. Some parents are unable to control the bad ______ of their children. (behave)
25. The government is promoting a program to help the economically ______ children in remote areas.
(advantage)
26. Mary leaves our cheerleading team without any ______ during the final round. (explain)
27. My younger sister works ______ for Vingroup as an internship. (volunteer)
28. It is sad that some people with mental illness have to be ______ isolated. (society)
29. Jack tried to keep his team ______ with others during the contest. (compete)
30. Teachers want to encourage greater ______ from students in those sporting activities. (participate)
31. It requires great ______ to guess what the end of this film will be. (imagine)
32. Thanks so much, Dr. Brown! Your lectures are both interesting and ______. (instruct)
33. Tom’s ______ in God has given him more hope during the competition. (believe)
34. We teach students with different ______ in international schools. (nation)
35. The hotel has a ______ display of plants and flowers at the front desks. (decorate)
36. The audience applauded ______ when Johnny finished his speech about illiteracy. (enthuse)
37. China is the most ______ country in Asia. (populate)
38. It is ______ that Tom has been seriously ill on his first job interview. (believe)
39. Children are expected to develop their artistic ______ at their young age. (create)
40. Hannah has been successful in her first project beyond her ______. (expect)

PART IV – Choose the best answer


Vocabulary
1: The __________ of three classes will take part in the final round of the competition.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 100


A. representatives B. competitions C. interviewees D. participations
2: Drinking accounts ________ almost 80% of road accidents.
A. on B. to C. for D. in
3: The low death _______ is often blamed for the population explosion.
A. shortage B. mark C. rate D. figure
4: The main purpose of the singing contest is to raise the spirit of solidarity among members of the same
classes.
A. sponsor B. recite C. observe D. stimulate
5: We need a(n) ______ and reliable birth control option to decrease population growth.
A. average B. limited C. available D. safe
6: We have to protect our country’s natural ______, such as coal, oil and fossil fuel.
A. resources B. rates C. population D. methods
7: He has to work hard to earn enough to ______ his big family.
A. govern B. support C. reach D. limit
8: There has been a significant ________ in the rate of inflation that makes everything more and more
expensive.
A. decline B. support C. rise D. drop
9: After the representatives had finished their performances, the __________ announced the winner.
A. spectators B. participants C. audience D. judges
10: Participating in the English club provides you many chances to improve your speaking skills.
A. lucks B. opportunities C. rewards D. lessons
11: China is one of the most ______ populated areas in the world.
A. perfectly B. completely C. wastefully D. densely
12: If you ______ the rules, you won’t be able to join the contest.
A. get rid B. have C. hit D. break
13: We need to control the world population by __________ strict reward and punishment policies.
A. populating B. implementing C. increasing D. controlling
14: The ______ have to suffer from a serious physical or mental disability.
A. orphaned B. educated C. handicapped D. aged
15: It is ________ that the world population will reach the milestone of 10 billion in the next 10 years.
A. decreased B. increased C. expected D. reached
16: On ______, about 30% of the population in the area are jobless.
A. figure B. research C. average D. safety
17: One ______ of living in the town is the lack of safe places for children to play.
A. incapability B. discouragement C. inability D. disadvantage
18: The candidates have to compete _________ each other to win the prize.
A. on B. at C. against D. to
19: The rapid growth of population led to a ________ of housing.
A. shortfall B. shortage C. shortcut D. shortcoming
20: Population needs to be put under control by good family _________.
A. planning B. action C. method D. control
21: A large ________ of people going to Vung Tau has caused severe traffic congestion.
A. deal B. amount C. quantity D. number
22: Please wait for further ____________ of the storm before going outside.
A. recitation B. announcement C. score D. award
23: You should write a thank-you letter to express your ______ for what he did for you last year.
A. memory B. gratitude C. thankful D. ingratitude

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 101


24: It has been predicted that the world’s population might ______ the figure of about 7 million.
A. come B. reach C. start D. take
25: Road to Mount Olympia is an annual ____________ for high school students.
A. art competition B. singing contest C. athletics meeting D. general knowledge quiz
Grammar
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
1: “Leave here immediately!” the policeman ______ us.
A. suggested B. ordered C. threatened D. invited
2: “Don’t park your car here.” My neighbor ______ the stranger.
A. suggested B. promised C. warned D. wanted
3: “Don’t come near the barrier,”  The police ____me against coming near the barrier.
A. said B. warned C. advised D. threatened
4: “Sorry, I’m late.” Sarah ______.
A. denied B. apologized C. insisted on D. admitted
5: My classmate ______ .
A. advised to go for a walk B. would like going for a walk
C. suggested going for a walk D. suggested us going for a walk
6: “ I will try to get back in time.” Peter _____.
A. completed B. considered C. promised D. talked
7: “Thank you very much for your help, John,”  Daisy ____ John for helping her.
A. thanked B. advised C. promised D. told
8: I have ever advised _______ the hotel for reservation.
A. him to phone and writing B. him either to phone or to write
C. to phone and write him D. him phoning and writing
9: Jack _____ him my phone number.
A. invited me to give B. told me to give C. threatened me to give D. said to me to give
10: “Come and join our party next weekend,” John ______ us.
A. invited B. suggested C. insisted on D. wondered
11: “What a pity, I missed your wonderful performance!” Alice ______.
A. regretted B. refused C. denied D. admitted
12: “I am sorry to broke the vase,”  My little son _____breaking the vase.
A. said B. refused C. threaten D. admitted
13: “I am sorry. I can’t take you up in the lift.”  The little girl ____ to take me up in the lift.
A. thanked B. refused C. wanted D. suggested
14: The boss _____because he was too lazy.
A. threatened him to dismiss B. suggested him to dismiss
C. promised him to dismiss D. threatened to dismiss him
15: “I will give the money back to you next week.” John ______.
A. offered B. promised C. refused D. reminded
16: “If I were you, I’d go to the doctor.” my friend ______.
A. advised B. offered C. suggested D. refused
17: “Go ahead, jump again,” the instructor _____.
A. promised B. warned C. advised D. required
18: “Why don’t we set out earlier?” Henry ______.
A. regretted B. admitted C. suggested D. denied
19: “I will fire you if you continue coming late.” My boss ______.
A. agreed B. refused C. offered D. threatened

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 102


20: “OK, I’ll check the paper for you.”  Sarah ______ to check the paper for me.
A. offered B. advised C. refused D. agreed
21: “Remember to lock the door before you go to school,” my mother ______ me.
A. warned B. offered C. reminded D. advised
22: “Why don’t you register for this singing contest?” she ______ me.
A. ordered B. invited C. reminded D. encouraged
23: “How about going for a drink?” Peter ______.
A. dreamed of B. insisted on C. suggested D. encouraged
24: “Why not go on a picnic tomorrow?” John ______.
A. apologized B. offered C. advised D. suggested
25: “Yes, I forgot to turn off the lights.” Janny ______.
A. refused B. promised C. denied D. admitted

B. Complete the following sentences with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets
1. I advise you ____________ carefully before you make any decision. (think)
2. The boss reminded his secretary ____________ this letter. (send)
3. She offered ____________ me to town. (take)
4. Eric denied ____________ by his parents. (punish)
5. Lucy insisted on ____________ for the meal. (pay)
6. Joe invited me ____________ to his party. (come)
7. She suggested ____________ a quiet evening at home. (spend)
8. Bill warned me against ____________ the hot pot. (touch)
9. Prof. Ward encouraged Tom ____________ a physics course. (take)
10. Tom asked me ____________ him a favor. (do)
11. The teacher told us ____________ in our essay the next week. (hand)
12. Peter suggested ____________ dinner somewhere after the theatre. (have)
13. Peter agreed ____________ Ann his car. (lend)
14. Billy admitted ____________ the money. (steal)
15. Kate offered ____________ Megan a lift to the station. (give)
16. The burglar threatened ____________ me if I screamed. (kill)
17. The couple denied ____________ anything that was illegal. (do)
18. The tour guide warned us ____________ the water there because it wasn’t safe. (not drink)
19. His mother encouraged him ____________the exam again. (take)
20. He demanded ____________ to the manager at once. (speak)

PART V - Rewrite (or combine) the following sentences, using the words given
1. I am busy, so I cannot call Henry every night. (could)
 If .................................................................................................... call Henry every night.
2. “I’ll give you this book tomorrow, Ferry.”, Mathew said. (me)
 Mathew ......................................................................................... this book tomorrow.
3. “If the train is late, I will walk to the office.” Mark said. (would)
 Mark said that if the train .............................................................. to the office.
4. “Sorry, teacher! I forgot to do my homework.”, Jack said. (not)
 Jack apologized to ......................................................................... his homework.
5. “Go on, Hannah! You are able to win this scholarship.”, Jimmy said. (that)
 Jimmy ........................................................................................... scholarship.
6. “You ought to pay more attention to these lessons, Tom”, Alice said. (him)
 Alice told Tom that if she ............................................................. more attention to those lessons.
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 103
7. Jack has lost his cellphone, so he cannot contact anyone now. (lost)
 If Jack ............................................................................................ , he could contact anyone now.
8. “Let me clean the board after class.”, Jun said. (on)
 Jun ................................................................................................. after class.
9. “You should pay a visit to this pagoda in the evening.”, the tour guide said. (that)
 The tour guide ............................................................................... pagoda in the evening.
10. “We cannot finish this project without your help, Eric.”, Mark said. (help)
 Mark said to Eric that if ................................................................ finish the project.
11. “It’s me who have broken those glasses.”, Peter said. (having)
 Peter .............................................................................................. .
12. “Abandon the ship immediately!”, the captain said to his men. (ordered)
 The captain .................................................................................... the ship immediately.
13. “We can go for a drink if Jack is free tonight.”, Hannah said. (busy)
 Hannah said that unless ................................................................ , they could go for a drink.
14. “Stay home during quarantine time, or you will get sick.” the doctors said. (unless)
 The doctors said that ..................................................................... during quarantine time, we will get sick.
15. Peter cannot recite the poem due to its length. (shorter)
 If the poem .................................................................................... it.
16. “You had better not drink too much beer when driving, Bobby.”, Ann said. (him)
 Ann told Bobby that if she ............................................................ too much beer when driving.
17. “I haven’t stolen those pencils.”, Mark said. (having)
 Mark .............................................................................................. .
18. “Why don’t we have lunch in this Japanese restaurant.”, Moana said. (having)
 Moana ........................................................................................... Japanese restaurant.
19. “Don’t say anything during the test!”, the teacher said to us. (not)
 The teacher .................................................................................... anything during the test.
20. “Eat less fatty pork or you will gain weight, Amy.”, Tora said. (more)
 Tora said to Amy if ....................................................................... , she will gain weight.

PART VI – Reading Comprehension


Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions.
In Britain, wedding invitations go out about six weeks before the wedding day. The guests reply as
soon as possible to say if they can come or not. Choosing a present for the couple can be difficult. People
don’t take their presents for the wedding. They send them to the woman’s house before the wedding day.
Most weddings take place before lunch or in the early afternoon. Many people like to get married in church.
The bride often wears a long white dress. Guests wear their best clothes and most of the women wear hats. In
the church, the bride’s family sits on the left and the groom’s one sits on the right. Married people wear their
wedding rings on the third finger of the left hand. Most married women wear wedding rings, but married
men often do not.
1: When do the British have to send wedding invitations?
A. no need to send B. after the wedding day
C. in the wedding day D. before the wedding day
2: Many people like to hold their wedding ceremony ________.
A. in church B. at home C. at a restaurant D. in a park
3: The word presents synonyms with ________.
A. hats B. flowers C. gifts D. fingers
4: People who accept the invitations have to send their presents to the couple.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 104


A. It is not easy to choose a present for the couple.
B. According the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
C. Married people wear their wedding rings on the third finger of the right hand.
D. Invitations are sent out some weeks before the wedding day.

Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions.
The most important celebration holiday in China is the New Year. At this time shops are closed. The
people celebrate by feasting, by paying friendly calls to their neighbors, and by visiting the temples to make
promises for the New Year. Children parade through the streets carrying colorful lanterns and paper figures.
Firecrackers similar to those used in the United States on the Fourth of July are set off. In fact, on the night
that the New Year's celebration begins, the exploding fireworks make so much noise that no one is able to
sleep.
The time of the New Year is also the time at which Chinese people refresh their homes. For example, the
windows, which are made of thick rice paper, are torn down, and new ones are put up. This is also the time
during which people pay their debts. Every man tries to settle all his bills before the beginning of the New
Year.
5: No one is able to sleep on the night that the New Year's celebration begins because ________.
A. fireworks make noise B. they pay their debts
C. their children carry colorful lanterns and paper figures. D. they explode fireworks
6: The word "ones "in the second paragraph refers to ________.
A. windows B. homes C. Chinese people D. rice paper
7: Which of the following sentences is not true?
A. Everyone explodes fireworks.
B. Children parade through the streets.
C. People feast and call to their neighbors friendly.
D. Chinese people try to pay debts before the New Year.
8: This article as a whole is about ________.
A. The Chinese New Year B. New Year's promises C. holiday China D. paying debts

Choose the best option to complete the blanks in the following passage:
COMPETING THE TEAMS ITS
IN FOOTBALLERS PLAYING

The FIFA Women's World Cup is (1) ______ most important international competition in woman's
football. Contested every four years, the first women's world cup tournament, named the Women's world
championship, was held in 1991, 61 years after the men first FIFA World Cup tournament in 1930. The
current format has 16 ()______ compete every four years for the winner trophy. Of the first four tournaments
held, the USA has won the championship twice. Since ()______ first tournament, the Women’s World Cup
has continued to grow ()______ popularity. FIFA estimates that there are currently forty million girls and
women ()______ football around the world, and the number of women will equal to the number of men by
2010.

Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions.
The population of the world has increased more in the modern times than in all other ages of history
combined. World population totaled about 500 million in 1650. It doubled in the period from 1650-1850.
Today the population is over seven billion. Estimates based on research by the United Nations indicate that it
will increase to over 10 billion by the turn of the century.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 105


With recent advances in science and technology, including improved agricultural methods and great
strides in medicine, some of the limiting factors in population growth have been lessened, with obvious
results. International organizations have put forward several recommendations to alleviate the problem of
overpopulation, including an increase in food production, general economic development in target areas, and
a decrease in birth rates. Most experts agree that it will be necessary to combine all these recommendations
in an effort to affect a lasting solution.
13: The best title for the ideas in the passage is ________.
A. The United Nations’ Estimate B. Limiting Factors in Population Growth
C. Ways to end population explosion D. World Population – concerns and solutions
14: Which sentences bellow is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Great strides in medicine have helped to reduce the death-rate.
B. The population decreased dramatically in the period from 1650-1850.
C. The population of the world has increased more in the modern times.
D. A decrease in birth rates is one of the three recommendations in an effort to affect a lasting
solution.
15: What have helped to lessen the limiting factors in population growth?
A. drawbacks of science B. improved technology
C. weak cultural methods D. lack of medicine.
16: What do most experts recommend in order to solve problems of overpopulation?
A. Conservation of available resources
B. Famine and epidemic
C. Medical advances and improved agricultural methods
D. Economic development and a decrease in the birth rate

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 106


TỔNG HỢP ĐỀ THI GIỮA HỌC KỲ I
 NĂM HỌC 2020 – 2021
CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER
1: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
A. entertain B. accident C. celebrate D. practical
2: SYNONYM: Allie felt uncomfortable with her close friend’s behaviors at the party because he
complained too much about the service.
A. satisfied with B. embarrassed about C. terrified of D. bored with
3: Those villagers are so ______ that they are always generous and friendly to the visitors.
A. understanding B. hospitable C. honest D. modest
4: ANTONYM: Dave finds it difficult to prepare for the meeting by himself because he has never done it
before.
A. is responsible for preparing B. is incapable of preparing
C. is able to prepare D. is keen on preparing
5: Maria greeted me with a lack of ______ since we argued with each other some days ago.
A. generosity B. acquaintance C. enthusiasm D. incapability
6: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
A. English B. attention C. invite D. danger
th
7: The 25 wedding anniversary of my parents are planned to ______ next Friday evening.
A. take place B. be appreciated C. be organized D. turn away
8: Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
A. feature B. question C. attraction D. mutual
9: Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest
A. notice B. rescue C. escape D. promise

ERROR IDENTIFICATION
10: Most children are looking forward to giving presents by their parents and friends on their birthday.
A. B. C. D.
11: Elsa has reserved a table of six to organize her son’s birthday at Pattio restaurant this Saturday.
A. B. C. D.
READING COMPREHENSION (Questions 12 to 16)
Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer for each question below
The Vietnamese are known for their long-lasted ancestral commemoration in their families. The unique
traditional traits of Vietnam are called death anniversary. While Birthday and Valentine’s Day are essential
in the west, Death Anniversary is the feature of worship customs in some Asian countries, including
Vietnam.
Death anniversary in Vietnam or “Ngay Gio” in Vietnamese is the anniversary of the passed-away
members in the family. Death anniversary in Vietnam is held according to the dates on the lunar calendar and
it is considered a very important and meaningful day to Vietnamese people. Therefore, it is easily found that
there are a lots of death anniversaries to a family in the year round. This is not only the day to commemorate

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 107


the ancestors but also an occasion for all family members to gather and bond with each other for a long time
no see because of the busy life. Moreover, people who have close relationships with the deceased can attend
the ceremony as well.
On the anniversary day, all the descendants will dress neatly, burn incenses to pray in front of the
ancestor altar as a way to show their respect and wish for a peaceful year ahead. The family also arrange
tables, set the feast on them beforehand. Then, they receive the offerings of the guests, which are usually
fruits, and place them on the altar. People invited to the ceremony are relatives, neighbors, or the ones who
have a close relationship with the deceased, as soon as the incenses burn out, all members and guests sit
down together to enjoy the food, have some drinks, review old memories of the deceased and share each
other about work, life and more at the same time. When the feast is over, the family will divide all the
offerings into different bags and share them for all guests as a fortune of ancestral worship.
Unlike the Vietnamese funerals where people mourn and grieve on the deceased. Death anniversary in
Vietnam embraces a more delightful atmosphere year on year since it likes a day to connect people in the
family, sit together, put aside the busy work to have a meal and share stories with each other; because of this,
the ancestors in the afterlife can feel happy, too.
12: What do people often do on the anniversary day?
A. They prepare the table and set the feast for all attendants.
B. They rarely receive the offerings from the guests.
C. They burn the incenses after the feast is over.
D. They divide the offerings before praying in front of the altar.
13: What is closest in meaning to the word “commemorate”?
A. realize B. celebrate C. memorialize D. modernize
14: What does the word “their” refer to?
A. the altar’s B. the incenses’ C. the ancestor’s D. the descendants’
15: Which of the following is NOT TRUE in the reading passages?
A. People with close relationship with the deceased are also invited to their death anniversary.
B. Guests will receive a bag of offerings after the feast as a fortune of ancestral worship.
C. Death anniversary is held according to the dates on lunar calendar.
D. People always feel more mournful in a death anniversary than a funeral.
16: What is the main idea of the reading passages?
A. Differences in funerals and death anniversary in Vietnam
B. Comparisons between Western and Asian countries
C. Preparations before a death anniversary
D. A unique traditional custom in Vietnam

PART 2: Write your answers clearly in CAPITAL LETTERS on your Answer sheet.

Use the word given to FORM A WORD that fits in the gap of each sentence
17: This passenger complained noisily about the small and ______ seat that she had to sit on during long
flight. (COMFORT)
18: They have bought some ornaments to ______ their Christmas tree this weekend. (DECORATION)

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 108


19: We should be more ______ when designing party games to attract children’s attention. (IMAGINE)
20: Most students prefer talking to Mr. Christ since he always listens ______ to his students’ problems.
(SYMPATHY)
21: I had a sneaky ______ that Johnny has told a lie to us. (SUSPECT)
22: Anna looked at them ______ since they all objected to her ideas. (SURPRISE)

Write the correct FORM OR TENSE of the given verb in the gap of each sentence.
23: My mother is always busy ______ meals for my family every day. (PREPARE)
24: My younger brother always dreams of ______ first prize of the Rap Viet contest. (AWARD)
25: The dentists advised us ______ our teeth twice a day. (BRUSH)
26: ______ his final examination, Elric enjoyed his 3-day vacation in Vinpearl land. (FINISH)
27: Sandra fell off while she ______ her bike in a heavy rain yesterday. (RIDE)
28: Helen ______ as a kindergarten teacher since she graduated from her university. (WORK)

Read the text below and choose ONE of the words in the box to fill in each gap. There are TWO extra
words in the box. (Questions 29 to 33)

THANKS IN SERIOUSLY WHAT WITH AGREED WHICH

Orbis is an organization (29) ______ helps blind people of everywhere. It has built an eye hospital
inside an airplane and flown it all over the world with an international medical team. Samantha Graham, a
fourteen-year-old schoolgirl from England, went with the plane to Mongolia. Samantha tells the story of
Eukhtuul, a young Mongolia girl.
“Last year, when Eukhtuul was walking home from school, she was attacked by boys (30) ______
sticks and her eyes were (31) ______ damaged. Dr. Duffey, an Orbis doctor, said that without an operation
she would never see again. I thought about all the things I do that she couldn’t; things like reading
schoolbooks, watching television, seeing friends, and I realized how lucky I am.”
“The Orbis team (32) ______ to operate on Eukhtuul and I was allowed to watch, together with some
Mongolian medical students. I prayed the operation would be successful. The next day I waited nervously
with Eukhtuul when Dr. Duffey removed her bandages. “In six months, your sight will be back to normal.”
he said. Eukhtuul smiled, her mother cried, and I had to wipe away some tears, too!”
Now Eukhtuul wants to study hard to become a doctor. Her whole future has changed (33) ______ to a
simple operation. We should all think more about how much our sight means to us.

Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word
given. DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD GIVEN. You must use between TWO and FIVE words,
including the word given.

34: On the way to work yesterday, I happened to see my old friends. (WHILE)
 I happened to see my old friends ________________________________ to work yesterday.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 109


35: Alvin set off to fly to Paris after he had had a meeting with us this morning. (BY)
 Alvin had had a meeting with us this morning ___________________________ off to fly to Paris.
36: We always take our children to the zoo and they really enjoy it. (TAKEN)
 Our children enjoy _______________________________ .
37: A woman complained noisily about not being served well on the flight to Paris. I saw it. (FUSS)
 I saw _____________________________________ about not being served well on the flight to Paris.
38: Friendship can’t exist if there’s no sympathy between friends. (FOR)
 It is ___________________________________________ if there’s no sympathy between friends.
39: Derrick last visited Mary when he entered his university. (SINCE)
 Derrick ________________________________________ he entered his university.
40: Else tried to interrupt her boss during his speech. (WAS)
 Elsa tried to interrupt her boss when _______________________________ .
--- THE END ---

 NĂM HỌC 2019 – 2020

MULTIPLE CHOICE:
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1: Alphonse was glad ________ to the 5th wedding anniversary of his daughter.
A. being invited B. to invite C. to be invited D. inviting
2: The kid is unwilling to admit _________ jealous of his brother.
A. to be B. is C. being D. be
3: Sylas ________ that the woman opposite looked exactly like his long-lost mother.
A. noticed B. looked C. glanced D. stared
4: My face turned red with _______ when I realized I had made a silly mistake.
A. enthusiasm B. embarrassment C. anger D. sorrow
5: While everybody was taking a rest, the fire alarm ________ off loudly.
A. was going B. had gone C. went D. goes
6: The wind kept blowing _______ the candles that she had lit.
A. off B. out C. in D. up
7: The birthday party last night was the most luxurious party I ________.
A. have attended B. was attending C. had attended D. attended

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
8: A. extreme B. mutual C. sorrow D. rescue
9: A. celebrate B. specialize C. refreshments D. imitate

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
10: When the time ran out, Billie has managed to reach the finish line.
A. finish line B. to reach C. has managed D. ran out
11: Friendship is a one-sided affair that requires give-and-take from both partners to last long.
A. give-and-take B. that requires C. one-sided D. to last long
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 110
12: I truly hope that you would not mind to be called up so late at night. I have some important matters to
discuss.
A. called up B. truly hope C. to discuss D. to be
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks
More and more people are looking for places where they can find some peace and quiet in big cities.
Since November last year, the Dano bar in New York (13)_______ a "Quiet Party" every Saturday night. A
Quiet Party is a party where you don't talk! People communicate (14)_______ each other by writing
notes, waving their arms, and miming. Men and women say it is easier to meet new people (15)_______
way.
Many people say that the noise level in big cities is too high and life is too fast. It is hard to escape the
sounds of cell phones, the subway, police sirens, and loud music. Paul Rebhan, who started the Quiet Party,
says he couldn't find a bar that was quiet. One night, he went from one noisy bar to another looking for a
quiet place. In the (16)________, he said to a friend that they needed to open a place where people can be
quiet!
The Dano is the first bar to have a Quiet Party. But it is not the only place for people who want
some (17)_______. Many trains now have a "Quiet Car," where people aren't allowed to talk, use cell
phones or laptop computers.
13: A. held B. has held C. holds D. is holding
14: A. with B. to C. about D. for
15: A. these B. this C. a D. the
16: A. last B. beginning C. final D. end
17: A. silent B. silence C. silently D. silenced

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
18: A. heat B. host C. behind D. vehicle
19: A. character B. childish C. technical D. headache

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions
Peer relationships are very important to teens for many reasons. First of all, friendships provide teens
with opportunities to develop conflict resolving skills. In other words, they can learn how to end a fight and
still remain friends after it with their friends. Moreover, friends create fun and excitement for teens through
companionship and recreation. They can also give advice to one another. This means they can talk through
lots of issues and problems with their friends. Last but not least, friendships provide stability during time of
stress or sorrow because friends can sympathize with what you are going through and help you feel better.
What happens when youth don’t have friends? Teens without friends tend to be more lonely and
unhappy. They tend to have lower levels of academic achievement and lower self-confidence. As they get
older, they are likely to drop out of school and get involved in crimes. As parents, it is important to
encourage friendships among teens. You have to understand that friendships change as youth move into their
teen years. They will tend to spend more and more time with their peers than you. They are also more mobile
so it is impossible to supervise them all the time. Therefore, it is vital to know who your teen’s friends are
and to communicate openly about friendships with your teens. This will minimize the risk of your children
hanging out with bad people.
20: What is NOT mentioned as a benefit of friendships for teenagers?
A. They can get low levels of academic achievement.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 111


B. There will be someone who sympathizes with their problems.
C. Having friends can be fun for teens.
D. They can get some good advice from friends.
21: What is the best title for the passage?
A. Qualities of a good friend B. Teenagers and friendships
C. The benefits of friendships D. Advice for teens
22: The word “They” in paragraph 2 refer to:
A. Teens with friends B. Parents
C. Friends D. Teens without friends
23: The word “supervise” in paragraph 2 has the closest meaning to:
A. look after B. hang out with C. make friends with D. keep in touch
24: What advice does the author give to parents?
A. Be open-minded when talking about friends with teens.
B. Follow teens and their friends all the time.
C. Tell their children the benefits of having friends.
D. Do not interfere with teens’ friendships.
25: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
I don’t think being dishonest about your test result would do you good.
A. laying B. suspecting C. telling the truth D. lying
26: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
It is nothing but a casual meeting between old friends so you don’t have to be so serious.
A. formal B. cozy C. memorable D. informal

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each
of the following exchanges.
27: Camila: ________ - Shawn: Maybe because we have lots in common.
A. What do you like most about your friend?
B. How does your friend look?
C. What is your friend like?
D. What makes you two become such good friends?
28: Ben: Would you do me the honour of going with me to the party? - Kim: _________
A. It’s an honor. B. I was invited to the party too.
C. Yes, I would do you the honour. D. I’d love to.

Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of the words in brackets:
29. They _______ their 50th anniversary with a firework display and a huge party. (remarkable)
30. Men and animals need a _______ supply of water to survive. (constancy)
31. Alfred’s ________ is never in question. He has served our family faithfully for generations. (loyal)
32. After moving to the city, Lass doesn’t have many ________ and has to do everything by himself.
(acquainted)
33. He is a/an _________ player who doesn’t mind passing the ball to his teammates to score a goal.
(selfishness)
34. The host ________ welcomed the guests to their party. (joyful)

Rewrite the following sentences without changing their original meaning:

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 112


35. The last time I attended a wedding party was two years ago. (FOR TWO YEARS)
I……………………………………………………………………………..
36. The fire destroyed everything. Then the firefighters arrived.
By the time …………………………………………………………………
37. The house is in need of redecoration for the upcoming party. (REDECORATED)
 The house …………………………………………………………………..
38. “You need to go to school early,” said my teacher.
My teacher asked………………………………………………………………
39. It is difficult for Mr. Park to find an apartment in Ho Chi Minh City. (DIFFICULTY)
 Mr. Park …………………………………………………………………….
40. She loves it when people invite her to a party. (BEING)
She enjoys …………………………………………………………………..
--THE END--

 NĂM HỌC 2018 – 2019


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
1: A. honor B. humor C. honest D. exhausted
2: A. generous B. passenger C. together D. general

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
Last weekend I went to a wedding in Taipei. The bride is an old friend of my wife. I have not attended
any wedding for a long time. We left our kids at home with their grandparents and tried to enjoy this rare
opportunity to witness the happiest moment of a new family. Weddings in Taiwan nowadays are quite
simpler than many years ago. The main part of the wedding is the banquet, where hundreds of relatives and
friends from both sides of the groom and bride come to celebrate together. The banquet is actually not
complicated for guests - give your wedding gift money (red envelope), sit and watch the ceremony, get some
gifts from the newly-wed couple if any, enjoy the meal, take some photos before you say goodbye. But it is
not easy for the groom and bride. A lot of preparations have to be done before the party begins. During the
wedding party, they have to go to all tables of guests during the banquet and see all the guests off when the
party is about to end. They will have no time to enjoy their own wedding. The couple sees a lot of friends
here but they only have about a few minutes to talk to him or her. Sometimes they will prepare some small
gifts for all the guests. In Taiwan, every couple will have a small decorated table showing their photos and
they will select some to have them printed as small cards and give them to the guests as wedding gifts.
3: What does the word “witness” in the text mean?
A. mark B. gather C. hold D. see
4: What does the word “it” in the text refer to?
A. the happiest moment B. the banquet C. the guest D. the couple
5: Which of the following sentence is NOT TRUE?
A. Every couple will have their photos printed as wedding gifts.
B. The couple has a lot of time to enjoy their wedding with the guests.
C. The guests give wedding gift money in red envelopes.
D. The groom and bride have to go to all tables of guests during the banquet.
6: Which of the following sentence is TRUE?
A. A lot of preparations have to be finished before the party starts.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 113


B. The banquet is not important in a wedding in Taiwan.
C. During the party, the groom and bride have much time to talk to their friends.
D. Weddings in Taiwan many years ago are quite simpler than nowadays.
7: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Way to attend a wedding party in Taipei B. Life of a newly-wed couple in Taiwan
C. A brief summary of a wedding in Taiwan D. A marriage of a newly-wed couple

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
8: She regretted ________ to the airport to pick her idol “BTS” up last night.
A. not to go B. to not go C. not going D. not to going
9: The heavy rain ________ by the time we set out our journey to Nha Trang last night.
A. had stopped B. has stopped C. stops D. was stopped
10: Mark has ________ a moment of panic when a truck suddenly crashed into the back of his car.
A. received B. appreciated C. convinced D. experienced
11: As she ________ for her car key in the drawer, she found a wad of dollar notes.
A. was looking B. had looked C. looks D. is looking
12: SYNONYM: Henry was so imaginative that he can write many poems and paint.
A. delighted B. experienced C. interesting D. creative
13: Justin dislikes ________ to noisy parties, because he is so shy.
A. to invite B. be invited C. inviting D. being invited
14: He has always remained ________ to his living principles.
A. thoughtful B. loyal C. kind D. polite
15: ANTONYM: The man look sneaky, and we thought he might be a pick-pocket.
A. loyal B. enthusiastic C. uncertain D. honest
16: Mid-autumn festival is one of the most important ________ for children in South Asia.
A. situations B. services C. celebrations D. conditions

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable sentence to complete
each of the following exchanges.
17: Angel: “________” ~Devil: “We went to a new coffee shop and chatted about our sweet memories.”
A. Where was your wedding organized?
B. What did Susan and you do after attending my wedding?
C. Are Susan and you the organizers of the party?
D. Will you go to the new coffee shop with Susan after the party?
18: Li Bo: “What is your new pen-pal from Korea like?” ~ Fouad: “________.”
A. We haven’t met each other B. He will visit me next week
C. He has a great sense of humor D. His mother is very beautiful

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
19: She was very embarrassed when she realizes the money she had taken from the boy was not hers.
A B C D
20: The girl didn’t want to do a fuss so she quietly took the money back.
A B C D
21: My father said the old fan was not worth to fix because it had broken down so many times.
A B C D

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 114


Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.
Friendship is known to be the most beautiful relationship in the world. There are numerous instances in
life when you want to (22)________ our problems out with somebody. There are many things you cannot
share with your parents and siblings for (23)________ fear of hurting them or making them angry. This is
when you can turn to our friends. Good friends are always there to listen to you (24)________. Sometimes,
all you need is someone who can listen to you (25)________ giving any complaints. One can never feel
lonely in this world if he or she is surrounded by true friends. A true friend stands by you not only when you
are happy but also when you are down. On the other hand, (26)________ will appear in the lives of those
who do not have true friends although they have a lot of acquaintances. It is truly said that “A friend in need
is a friend indeed.”
22: A. get B. look C. go D. talk
23: A. a B. Ø C. an D. the
24: A. unconditionally B. boringly C. joylessly D. sorrowfully
25: A. after B. at C. without D. to
26: A. friendliness B. unselfishness C. happiness D. loneliness

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
27: A. imitate B. memorable C. embarrass D. confidence
28: A. gossip B. affair C. suspect D. pursuit

Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
29: The football coach inspired the trainees with his ________ and creativity. (ENTHUSIASTIC)
30: I think their wedding anniversary will be ________ in Sheraton next week. (ORGANIZER)
31: ________ is one of the most important qualities of friendship. (SELFISH)
32: Hannah felt so ________ when she slipped on the banana skin and felt on her bottom. (EMBARRASS)
33: Let me know if you see anyone acting ________. (SUSPICION)
34: Many people in the disaster are ______ of contacting with others because of disconnection of telephone.
(CAPABLE)

Rewrite the following sentences using the cues given.


35: The last time I went to the cinema was 5 months ago. (FOR)
I haven’t __________________________________________________________
36: Mark doesn’t want anybody to bother him when he is working. (BOTHERED)
Mark hates ________________________________________________________
37: I saw a sneaky man come into the room during my dinner. (WHILE)
 I saw _____________________________________________________________
38: Last night Sheila didn’t phone Peter as she promised. (FORGOT)
 Sheila ____________________________________________________________
39: Lucy found it difficult to do her homework because of the noise. (DIFFICULTY)
 Lucy ____________________________________________________________
40: My sister hopes they will give her the prize for the best student. (GIVEN)
 My sister hopes _____________________________________________________

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 115


 NĂM HỌC 2017 – 2018

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
1: Thanks to your company, I’ve had a memorable time here.
A. unforgettable B. forgettable C. reliable D. regrettable
2: Scott’s rude behaviors have considerately affected the atmosphere of our party.
A. influenced B. experienced C. created D. discovered

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Life is full of unexpected surprises. There are many opportunities when one can secretly wish for
something exciting to happen.
Throughout my childhood, I loved the wild. My family and I would always go for a walk in the
downtown forest of Coote’s Paradise. There were many times I thought of what could happen if we were to
lose our way from the trail and have to live in that land until we found our way back to civilization. I thought
it would be the greatest experience ever.
As my brothers and I grew older, we continued to go for these walks with our parents but the dreams of
living in the forest I soon forgot. That’s when it happened. We decided to take a different path off the main
trail. Before I knew it, the path had disappeared and no one in my family could tell where we had come from.
It gave me a feeling of excitement that can’t be described. Everything in the forest seemed different. The
trees were a deeper shade of green. Besides, I wasn’t afraid of anything because there were my parents. It
was this moment that I realized that I would much rather stay here for the rest of my life than go back to
society.
An experience like this made me think about my place in life. I’m the type of person who loves seeking
out adventures. This experience made me realize that families need to stay together; you don’t realize how
much you need them until, for a moment, you think they’ll be the last people you see for the rest of your life.
I think this simple thing like being lost in a forest for a quarter of hour will give you a chance to appreciate
the little things in life.
3: What is the meaning of the word “civilization”?
A. A human society B. A meeting C. A political organization D. A business
4: When did the author’s dream disappear?
A. When he walked on the path B. When he visited the forest of Coote’s Paradise
C. When he became older D. When he was young
5: What kind of person was the writer?
A. He is a humorous person. B. He is a shy child.
C. He is a naughty student at school. D. He is an adventurous person.
6: How long were they lost in the forest?
A. Fifteen minutes B. A month C. An hour D. All of their lives
7: What is the best title for the passage?
A. A forest named Coote’ Paradise B. A description about a forest
C. A loss in a forest D. A trip to a new place

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 116


Michael is going to a wedding next Saturday. His great friend, Marie, and her fiancé, George, are
getting (8)________.They have known each other for five years, but they have only been going out together
a short time. He must say, we were all rather (9)________ when they announced that they were engaged.
The wedding will be in the church near Marie’s home and afterwards there will be a party in the
Church Hall. There will be almost a hundred (10)________ at the party. Besides both their families, all
Marie’s friends (11)________ college will be at the wedding and Marie and George have also invited a lot of
people from the office where they both work. The party should be great fun. There will be lots of food and
drinks. There is also going to be a band. We all expect that it will go on until late in the evening. We are so
eager that we (12)________ wait for it !
8: A. marriage B. marry C. marital D. married
9: A. sad B. delightful C. bored D. cosy
10: A. guests B. acquaintances C. adults D. hosts
11: A. with B. on C. of D. from
12: A. shouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. won’t

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable sentence to complete
each of the following exchanges.
13: VICTOR: “How has the fire affected you?” ~ BUBU: “________.”
A. It taught me to appreciate my life more B. It advised me to get up early
C. It wanted me to buy a new house D. It told me to join parties more
14: SUSAN: “________?”– NANCY: “It’s my cousin’s birthday party.”
A. Where was your cousin’s party held B. What time did the birthday party finish
C. What did your cousin do on his birthday D. Whose party was it
15: DAISY: “What does Jim look like?” – TOM: “________.”
A. He likes playing chess with his brother B. He’s rather fat and short with brown eyes
C. He doesn’t like going out for dinner D. He likes being tall and thin

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
16: We congratulated Amy on ________ a scholarship by her professors last week.
A. to award B. to be awarded C. awarding D. being awarded
17: The guests ________ Happy Birthday by the time I cut the cake.
A. sings B. was singing C. had sung D. have sung
18: The thief ________ looked into her bag and successfully stole her purse away.
A. loyally B. impossibly C. sneakily D. hopelessly
19: They ________ close friends for many years.
A. are B. have been C. are being D. had been
20: She avoided ________ him about her plans.
A. telling B. to tell C. tells D. being told
21: She ________ him to be a thief.
A. specializes B. suspects C. celebrates D. concerns
22: I am actually angry when he plays a ________ on me.
A. pleasure B. sympathy C. joke D. milestone
23: The couple had an anniversary to mark a ________ of the happy relationship between them.
A. way B. event C. day D. milestone

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 117


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
24: He didn’t expect to invite to the party because he was so busy.
A. B. C. D.
25: He gave us an enthusiastically welcome to his new house.
A. B. C. D.
26: The guests are encouraged to tidy with the mess after home-made parties.
A. B. C. D.
27: He delivered the papers, observed his students doing their tests in 15 minutes, then collected them.
A. B. C. D.

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
28: A. floppy B. idol C. affect D. image
29: A. decorate B. acquaintance C. embarrass D. occasion

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
30: A. husband B. helicopter C. honest D. hospital
31: A. question B. mutual C. feature D. relationship
32: A. sneaky B. glance C. turn D. sing

Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
33: The teacher listened ________ to the students’ problems. (SYMPATHY)
34: Eric tries to ________ all birth dates of his beloved family members. (MEMORY)
35: The music is what makes the movie so ________. (FORGET)
36: This party room will definitely look more attractive with some ________. (DECORATE)

Rewrite the following sentences using the cues given.


37: I started working in this hotel six months ago. (FOR)
 I have ____________________________________________________________
38: My sister expects to meet my aunt in Ha Noi next summer. (FORWARD)
 My sister __________________________________________________________
39: Hana said she would go to the party with me. (AGREED)
 Hana _____________________________________________________________
40: Being a manager of that company was John’s wish. (APPOINTED)
 John hoped ________________________________________________________

 NĂM HỌC 2016-2017


A. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS.
Choose the word that has the main stress placed differently from the rest.
1: A. gather B. marry C. candle D. event
2: A. celebrate B. interest C. confident D. embarrass
Choose the best answer.
3: – TRISH: “_________” – SAM: “That was about my own unforgettable experience.”
A. I will keep in secret the things which happened on my journey.
B. I find it hard to tell everyone about our own things.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 118


C. Your writing attracted me from the beginning to the end.
D. Reaching new place is really fun.
4: – CAROL: “________?” – TOM: “He’s tall and thin with blue eyes.”
A. What does John look like B. How is John doing
C. Who does John look like D. What does John like
5: Helen hopes ________ on time after school every day.
A. being picked up B. to be picked up C. picking up D. to pick up
6: Jacob is looking forward ________ the first lottery prize.
A. to winning B. to win C. winning D. win
7: As I ________ for my wallet, I found this old diary.
A. had looked B. was looking C. looks D. looked
8: Sarah ________ in Spain by the time they celebrated La Tomatina festival on the last Wednesday in
August.
A. arrives B. arrive C. had arrived D. has arrived
Choose the best word or phrase.
9: This graduation ceremony has marked an important ________ in her education.
A. quality B. anniversary C. milestone D. point
10: “It was a good hunting day,” Kelly said, with ________ in her voice.
A. excite B. excitement C. exciting D. excited
11: The man glanced nervously ________ his watch.
A. at B. in C. to D. for
12: SYNONYM: Children always imitate their parents’ behaviors.
A. copy B. change C. observe D. appreciate
13: The woman living next door is always making ________. She complains noisily about everything she
doesn’t like.
A. acquaintance B. stories C. a fuss D. up
Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question.
A birthday party is a celebration of the anniversary of the birth of the person who is being honored.
The tradition started in the mid-nineteenth century but didn't become popular until the mid-twentieth
century. Birthday parties are now a feature of many cultures.
In Western cultures, birthday parties include a number of common rituals. The guests may be asked to
bring a gift for the honored person. Party locations are often decorated with colorful decorations, such
as balloons and streamers. A birthday cake is usually served with lit candles that are to be blown out after a
"birthday wish" has been made. The person being honored will be given the first piece of cake. While the
birthday cake is being brought to the table, the song "Happy Birthday to You" or some other birthday song is
sung by the guests. The celebrated person usually will make a silent wish and attempt to blow out the candles
in one breath; if successful, it is believed that the wish has been accepted. In many cultures, the wish must be
kept secret or it won't "come true".
A person born on February 29 may be called a "leapling" or a "leaper". In common years they usually
celebrate their birthdays on February 28. In some situations, March 1 is used as the birthday in a non-leap
year since it is the day following February 28.
14: What is the passage mainly about?
A. The activities at a birthday party B. The tradition and customs of a birthday party
C. What to do at a birthday party D. How to make a wish at a birthday party
15: What is the meaning of the word rituals in the passage?
A. Things that are often brought to a party B. Gifts from the guests
C. Gifts from the host D. Things that are regularly done

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 119


16: Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Only people in Western countries organize their birthday parties.
B. The guests are often asked to bring gifts to decorate the party locations with colorful decorations.
C. “Happy Birthday to You” is the only song that can be sung at a birthday party.
D. The tradition of celebrating someone’s birthday became popular in the mid-twentieth century.
17: What can be inferred about a person born on February 29?
A. He may have some years without a birthday party.
B. In non-leap year, he always holds his birthday party on February 28.
C. He may organize his birthday party on different days.
D. In non-leap year, he always holds his birthday party on March 1.
Identify the underlined part that needs correcting.
18: The bird was lucky that it just missed catching.
A. was B. just C. catching D. that
19: This is the first time I bought such an expensive book. I’m not used to spending too much money on
consuming.
A. bought B. consuming C. spending D. used
20: This pastry chef is so imaginary that she can create many kinds of desserts.
A. imaginary B. of C. is D. create
Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
How to make friends and get a better social life turns (21)______ one of the most commonly asked
questions in the age of social network development. It is (22)______ to spend more time meeting people and
to join any organization or club with people who have common interests or pursue the same aims. Besides,
taking part in a sports team to enjoy the sport or support classmates is also a great way to make new friends.
And once we have got some promising friendships, it is necessary to (23)______ in touch by hanging out
fairly often and enjoying good times together to get to know each other on a deeper level. In addition, to be a
good friend requires us to be both reliable and trustworthy, which refers to the ability to (24)______ trust
through keeping the secrets from the rest of the world.
21: A. round B. into C. away D. on
22: A. advisably B. advisable C. advice D. advise
23: A. go B. keep C. lose D. meet
24: A. sympathize B. concern C. dream D. build
Choose the word that has the underlined letter(s) pronounced differently from the rest
25: A. chairman B. childish C. changeable D. chrome
26: A. holiday B. hospital C. husband D. honest
CONTROLLED WRITING:
Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given in brackets.
DO NOT CHANGE the forms of the words.

27: I haven’t watched TV for two weeks. (LAST)


 The .........................................................................................................................................
28: It takes Mathew two hours to do his homework every day. (SPENDS)
 Mathew ..................................................................................................................................
29: Joey called in the middle of my meeting. (HAVING)
 When .....................................................................................................................................
30: I wished I had invited her to my birthday party. (REGRETTED)
 I ..............................................................................................................................................

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 120


 NĂM HỌC 2015-2016
MULTIPLE CHOICE
Read the passage and choose the word or phrase that best fits each gap.
Friendship is one of the most valuable gifts of life. A person who has true friends in life is lucky.
(1)________ makes life sweet and pleasant. The definition of a friend in Webster’s Dictionary is, “A person
whom we know, like, and (2)________”.
True friendship is the feeling of love, sharing, and caring. It is the feeling that someone understands
and appreciates you as you are, unconditionally. It makes you (3)________ that you are “wanted”, and that
you are never alone, both in success and failure. A true friend stands (4)________ you not only when you are
happy but also when you are down. True friends are needed in every stage of life. It does not matter how
often you meet your friends, but (5)________ you care and feel for one another in good times as well as in
bad times. Friendship is really one of the most important things in life.
1: A. Friends B. Friendly C. Friendship D. Unfriendly
2: A. learn B. talk C. trust D. suspect
3: A. feeling B. feel C. to feel D. to be felt
4: A. with B. by C. down D. up
5: A. how much B. how far C. when D. where
Identify the word that is stressed differently.
6: A. imagine B. charity C. embarrass D. experience
7: A. birthday B. modest C. invite D. candle
Choose the best answer.
8: Linda avoided ________ some strangers at her friend’s birthday party.
A. to be met B. being met C. to meet D. meeting
9: The man hurt in the accident refused ________ to the hospital.
A. to be taken B. been taken C. being taken D. to take
10: ___________ “Little Red Riding Hood” so many times before, the little girl didn’t want to hear it again.
A. Hearing B. Have heard C. Heard D. Having heard
11: I can’t believe you have paid $100 ________ that floppy hat.
A. to B. with C. on D. for
12: She just smiled ________ when her friends reminded of the day she slept in class.
A. embarrassed B. embarrassment C. embarrassedly D. embarrassing
13: Mr. Sam actually minds ________ at midnight every day by strange phone number.
A. calling B. to be called C. being called D. to call
14: The success of I’ve seen yellow flowers on the green grass marked a(n) ________ in Vietnam’ s movie
industry.
A. anniversary B. event C. situation D. milestone
15: By the time the police came, the robbers ________ away with the money.
A. did drive B. had driven C. have driven D. were driving
16: We all were in a state of great ___________ when we learnt that we had passed the exam.
A. exciting B. excitement C. excited D. excite
17: What I admire most about Ms. McGonagall is her ________.
A. sneak B. suspicion C. honesty D. unselfishness
18: We were having a normal evening at home when suddenly we hear someone shout: “Help!”
A. at home B. hear C. shout D. were having
19: ERROR IDENTIFICATION: Selena’s birthday cake was celebrated with white and pink icing, as
well as 16 candles sitting in the middle.
A. in B. celebrated C. with D. sitting

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 121


20: SYNONYM: Iron man is a very studious student, so teachers often ask us to follow his example.
A. hard-working B. generous C. good-natured D. good-looking
21: – JANET: _______ ? – JESSICA: Well, I’ll invite 30 guests and have a sit-down meal.
A. What sort of foods and drinks will you serve at the party?
B. Whom will you invite to your party?
C. What is your plan for the farewell party?
D. Whose party is it?
22: – PIGLET: “Happy birthday!” – POOH: “__________________.”
A. Let’s do that. B. The same to you.
C. I don’t think so. D. That’s very kind of you.
23: She ________ her lessons while I was watching TV.
A. has been studying B. is studying C. studied D. was studying
24: SYNONYM: The waiters served everyone small amount of food and drink at the beginning of the
wedding party.
A. icing B. present C. refreshment D. decoration
25: Jane lent me her new book about elephants when she ________ it.
A. has read B. read C. was reading D. had read
Identify the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
26: A. kingdom B. danger C. singer D. morning
27: A. house B. hospital C. holiday D. hour
Read the passage and choose the word that best fits each gap.
I believe that everyone has had unforgettable experiences in the life. I had one not so long ago and I
thought it was the most embarrassing experience that I have ever had.
It happened to me in a winter vacation. I joined a 4-day winter camp with my friends, Denise and Cher.
We all lived far away from the place, so in order to arrive on time at 8 o’clock, we had to leave at 7:20. The
sun was shining, flowers were blooming and birds were singing. It was a beautiful day!
Everything seemed so nice until I noticed that I forgot to bring one thing that was very necessary. So I
asked Denise to drive me to a store. Denise parked her car in front of the store and I ran in to buy it. When I
got out of the store, I ran toward the car parked in front and got inside. Suddenly, I realized that it was not
Denise’s car and the driver was shocked by me.
I felt so embarrassed at that time. I kept apologizing and ran with shame and blush on my face to
Denise’s car. And you know what? My friends had a chance to laugh all the energy of their hearts.
28: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. A memorable experience B. A 4-day winter camp
C. Embarrassment and apology D. A beautiful day
29: How long did it take the writer and her friends to get to the campsite?
A. 40 minutes B. 7 hours and 20 minutes
C. 8 hours D. Not long ago
30: Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. The driver in the car shocked the writer. B. The experience happened recently.
C. The writer went camping with her two friends. D. The writer forgot an important thing.
31: What is the meaning of the word “shame”?
A. The feelings you have when you do something wrong or stupid.
B. The feelings you have when someone shocks you.
C. The experience that you can never forget.
D. The thoughts you have when you forget something important.
32: What can be inferred from the passage?

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 122


A. The writer’s friends found her experience really funny.
B. Someone got into Denise’s car while the writer was shopping.
C. The writer couldn’t buy the thing she needed from the store.
D. The writer and her friends had a very good time at the camp.
CONTROLLED WRITING:
33: Superman didn’t prepare for the test and now he is sorry about that.
 Superman regrets ........................................................................................................................................
34: We need to redecorate our house before the wedding anniversary party.
 Our house needs .........................................................................................................................................
35: On the way to work, Tom met his former teacher.
While Tom ...................................................................................................................................................
36: Linda’s career as a television presenter began five years ago.
 Linda has ....................................................................................................................................................
--- THE END ---

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 123


TỔNG HỢP ĐỀ THI CUỐI HỌC KỲ
 NĂM HỌC 2020-2021
PART 1: MULTIPLE CHOICE
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
1: The main reason for the population explosion is an increase in death rates. This is due to the
A B C D
improvement of the living conditions and medical care.
2: Jack doesn’t want his friends to be upset, so he has done a decision to participate in the marathon race.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
3: Landslides have cut off many villages in areas in Quang Nam province.
A. remote B. downtown C. natural D. central
4: ANTONYM: Mortality from cancers, especially lung cancer among young people is increasing,
which makes the life expectancy decrease.
A. The number of births B. The number of deaths
C. The number of patients D. The number of victims
5: My school volunteered to take care of children who have been by war and natural disasters.
A. orphaned B. encouraged C. supported D. suffered
6: is the limitation of the number of children born.
A. Population explosion B. Safe birth method C. Population growth D. Birth control
7: SYNONYM: It has been predicted that the world’s population might reach the figure of about 8
billion.
A. total B. chart C. number D. growth

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
8: A. choose B. charity C. beach D. champagne
9: A. organize B. figure C. recite D. final

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
10: A. orphanage B. government C. continue D. family
11: A. method B. support C. comfort D. limit

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Naturally, wife-carrying contest rules may vary from event to event, from country to country. But
Finnish wife-carrying race officials assign the following rules and regulations to their wife-carrying
championships.
First of all, everyone involved must have fun. No worries, unmarried men - competitors don't have to
carry their own wives. Rules state that a participant may carry his own wife, his neighbor's wife or someone
he found "further afield." The only stipulation is that the wife must be more than 17 years of age and weigh
a minimum of 49 kg . If the wife weighs less than that, she must carry a weighted rucksack to make up the
difference. The official length of the track is 253.5 meters. The surface of the track includes sections of
Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 124
sand, grass and gravel. There are two obstacles to climb over, as well as a 1-meter-deep water obstacle to
wade through.
If a contestant drops his wife, he incurs a 15-second penalty. Indeed, wives are dropped all the time -
that's why they wear helmets. Officials also award special prizes for best costumes, which adds a festive
element to the event. In addition to the standard wife-carrying race, couples have the option to participate
in the official wife-carrying sprint, which is only 100 meters but includes similar obstacles.
The Wife Carrying World Championships also features a team competition, which has the same rules
as the wife-carrying contest, but the three men on each team take turns carrying one wife. The twist? Before
handing off his "wife" to the next contestant, each man must chug a drink.
12: Which of the following is NOT TRUE in the reading passages?
A. The wife weighing under 49 kg can still take part in the wife-carrying contest.
B. The wives wear helmets for the men to carry them more easily.
C. The contestants must wear their best costumes to make the event more festive.
D. The Wife Carrying World Championships has the same rules as the wife-carrying contest.
13: According to the second paragraph, a man who participates in the wife-carrying contest can
.
A. carry others’ wife in the competition B. be single and funny man
C. only carry his own wife D. be a healthy man
14: From the second paragraph, it can be infered that .
A. the contestants have to overcome some challenges.
B. the competition is only for Finlanders.
C. the wife in the contest must be teenage.
D. the contestants are professional athletes.
15: The word obstacles in the passage most nearly means .
A. barriers B. high walls C. open spaces D. deep holes
16: The passage is about .
A. some other activities in wife-carrying competition
B. the competition for unmarried girls
C. the rules of wife-carrying competition
D. the famous competition for single men

PART 2: CONTROLLED WRITING


WORD FORMATION
Use the word given to FORM A WORD that fits in the gap of each sentence
17: Derrick played the role of a highly intelligent but street boy in his up-comping film.
(EDUCATE)
18: He donated half of his possession to an organization helping the start- ups. (VOLUNTEER)
19: It is estimated that by 2020, five billion people will be online, representing two-thirds of the of
the planet. (POPULOUS)
20: Our duty today is to all the materials evenly throughout the company. (DISTRIBUTION)
21: In France there is a examination for secondary teachers originally established in 1766.
(COMPETE)
22: “What a beautiful performance!”, the audience applauded . (ENTHUSIASM)

USE OF FUNCTION WORDS


Complete each of the following sentences with A SUITABLE PREPOSITION

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 125


23: More university students spend their spare time volunteers in the orphanages and homes for
the aged.
24: The time was but the friend team didn’t give the answer.
25: All of these clothes will be provided the victims of the storm.

CLOZE TEST
Read the text below and choose ONE of the words in the box to fill in each gap. There are TWO extra
words in the box
WHERE TOO TRADITIONAL SKILLFULLY
REPLACE WHAT COMPETITIVELY

“Diều sáo” are built in a (26) Vietnamese style. The frame is made of the smooth outer bamboo
stalk and is well polished. After that, they cover the frame with pieces of cotton cloth or carefully glued
paper. If one half of the kite is heavier than the other, the steering string will help balance it. This string
also serves to direct flight and protect the kite wings from breaking if the wind is (27) strong. The
flying string is also made of bamboo and can be as long as 100m to 150m. Young bamboo straps the size
of chopsticks are tied together, then boiled in water or even in traditional Chinese medicine and salt so that
the string becomes soft and flexible. Flutes of different sizes and materials can make the sound of birds, car
horns, gongs or music. The mouth of the flute must be (28) carved so that it can properly receive the
wind and create the desired sound.
Today, villagers build more sophisticated kites in the shape of phoenixes, butterflies and dragons.
They (29) thick bamboo strings with thinner bamboo or plastic rope. Modern kites are very light and
cost little since the materials to make them are readily available.
Every year, kite-flying competitions take place in many northern and central provinces in Vietnam.
The rules vary from place to place. In general, the most beautiful kite with the most interesting flute
melodies wins. Estimated to be some 2,000 years old, “diều sáo" are so popular in Vietnam nationwide,
(30) kite flying is seen as a sport, hobby and a religious custom.

KEY WORD TRANSFORMATION


Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given.
DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD GIVEN. You must use between TWO and FIVE words, including the
word given.
31: “I really don’t want to live in the orphanage,” the boy said. (REFUSED)
The boy the orphanage.
32: “It’s a good idea to take part in the English Speaking Competition,” Windy said. (TAKING)
Windy the English Speaking Competition.
33: “Beware of that road! It’s very dangerous to drive on it alone at night!” the man said to us.
(AGAINST)
The man that road alone at night.
34: “Me? No, I hadn’t turned on the gas stove,” Olivia said. (HAVING)
Olivia the gas stove.
35: Joining voluntary activities will make you happy. (HAPPINESS)
Voluntary activities if you join them.
36: “You should stop having more children though the coming baby is a girl or a boy,” the health officer
said to her. (WERE)
The health officer said if he , having more children though the coming
baby was a girl or a boy.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 126


37: “I regretted not following the instructions of the voluntary organization, so my application form
wasn’t accepted,” she said. (FOLLOWED)
She said if of the voluntary organization, her application form would
have been accepted.
38: “Don't say it again or I’ll fire you," said the manager. (TO)
The manager if I said it again.
39: Peter was seriously sick, so he couldn’t be an active participant in the fund-raising campaigns.
(PARTICIPATED)
If Peter hadn’t been seriously sick, he in the fund-raising campaign.
40: Team A is unable to finish the last activity, so they lose the match. (DIFFICULTY)
If team A the last activity, they wouldn’t lose the match.

THE END
 NĂM HỌC 2018 – 2019

o ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable sentence to complete
each of the following exchanges.
1: NARA: “What do you think the government should do to solve the problems of overpopulation?”
MIMI: “________.”
A. I think it’s a good idea to help raise living standards in poor and large families.
B. The government should encourage people to have as many children as possible.
C. They should carry out population education programs, especially in remote and mountainous areas.
D. It’s very necessary to prevent people from getting married.
2: VENOM: “The English Speaking Competition is of great importance to students like us.”
RIOT: “________.”
A. That’s right. We can have more opportunities to practice our athletic abilities.
B. That’s what I’m thinking about. It’s no use participating in such a competition.
C. I agree with you. Students need to do physical exercise more to do well in this competition.
D. I can’t agree with you more. It’s a great chance for us to improve our speaking skill.

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
3: A. annual B. stimulate C. solution D. distribute
4: A. twenty B. two C. twice D. twelve

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
5: ANTONYM: She comes from a privileged background, which gives her special rights that many
ordinary people do not have.
A. disadvantaged B. handicapped C. advantaged D. disabled
6: We participated in a walking activity to raise _______ to build a new library for the children in this area.
A. salary B. volunteer C. funds D. donation
7: If I had the principal’s permission, I think I ________ my birthday in class.
A. will celebrate B. would celebrate C. would have celebrated D. celebrate
8: ________ the letter of invitation to the teacher, Jack went to the post office to send it.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 127


A. Writing B. Written C. Having been written D. Having written
9: Our group leader suggested ________ food for the homeless that weekend.
A. about preparing B. prepare C. preparing D. to prepare
10: ________ at the audience, the contestant gave her answer with confidence.
A. to look B. looking C. looked D. have looked
11: The singing contest was ________ by the Students’ Parents Society.
A. distributed B. decreased C. recited D. sponsored
12: SYNONYM: Our summer campaign’s main aim is to raise funds for children in rural areas.
A. spirit B. stimulation C. purpose D. achievement
13: Safe birth-control methods for family planning are still not ________ to mountainous areas.
A. smooth B. donative C. available D. cooperative
14: My brother told me if he had enough money, he ________ me a new bike as a birthday present.
A. would send B. will send C. would have sent D. sent
15: Population explosion may lead to ________ living standards in many parts of the world.
A. low B. bad C. high D. difficult

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
16: A. influence B. observing C. calendar D. decorate
17: A. comfort B. orphan C. martyr D. donate

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
Chinese New Year, also known as Spring Festival, is the most important Chinese celebration.
Typically, the celebration annually begins on the New Year's Eve and lasts for 15 days. This festivity is
considered as precious time for family reunion. The celebration is sometimes accentuated with a religious
ceremony given in honor of heaven, the family's ancestors and other gods. Chinese New Year's Eve usually
starts with ancestor worship. Ancestors are believed to continue their existence in heaven to look after their
families in mysterious ways. Ancestor worship is usually followed by a warm family dinner. During dinner,
fish and dumplings are often served. These two dishes are said to signify prosperity. Other dishes are
dependent on personal taste. Shou Sui is an activity that family members stay awake together after the
reunion dinner to reminisce about the old year and welcome the new year. People believe that it will
increase the longevity of family members. When fireworks display is broadcast live on television,
firecrackers prepared by family members will be burnt. The burning of firecrackers means a joyful time of
new year and scare evil spirits. On the first day, most people begin visiting and greeting relatives and friends
to offer good wishes. This is called Bai Nian. During the following days, many traditional activities continue.
The fifteenth day is when the Yuan Xiao festival, also called the Lantern festival, takes place. The day
coincides with the first full moon of the new year. It also marks the conclusion of Chinese New Year
celebration.
Glossary:
prosperity (n): sự thịnh vượng
coincide (v): xảy ra đồng thời
18: What does the word “signify” in the passage mean?
A. rank B. gather C. mark D. mean
19: According to the passage, which activity will improve the longevity of family members?
A. Bai Nian B. New Year’s Eve C. Shou Sui D. Yuan Xiao
20: According to the passage, which of the following sentence is NOT TRUE?

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 128


A. Spring festival lasts 15 days every year in China.
B. Ancestor worship usually takes places before Chinese New Year's Eve.
C. After ancestor worship, family member gathers for a warm family dinner.
D. Lantern festival is on the fifteenth day when the first full moon appears.
21: According to the passage, which of the following sentence is TRUE?
A. Family members burn firecrackers to frighten evil spirits.
B. People believe that ancestors end their existence in heaven.
C. During dinner, only fish and dumplings are served.
D. Bai Nian marks the conclusion of Chinese New Year celebration.
22: What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Traditions of Chinese New Year B. Family reunion on New Year’s Eve
C. Activities on New Year’s Eve D. Preparations for Chinese New Year

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
23: If the weather weren’t so bad, we will go to the new park with Andy.
A B C D
24: Hulk refused having slept in class though everyone saw him sleeping soundly then.
A B C D
25: Dramatic fall in the population will lead to shortage of food and fresh water.
A B C D

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.
The marathon is a long-distance race, completed by running, walking, or a run/walk strategy. The
marathon has an official distance of 42.195 kilometres, usually run as a road race. The name
marathon comes from the legend of Philippides, the Greek messenger. The legend states that he
(26)________ from the battlefield of Marathon to Athens to announce that the Persians had been defeated in
the Battle of Marathon (in which he had just fought), which (27)________ place in August or September,
490 BC. It is said that he ran the entire distance (28)________ stopping and burst into the assembly,
exclaiming "we have won!", (29)________ he collapsed and died.
More than 800 marathons are held throughout the world each year, with the vast majority of
competitors being recreational athletes as larger marathons can have tens of thousands of (30)________.
26: A. was sent B. sends C. is sent D. sent
27: A. made B. had C. took D. got
28: A. over B. for C. instead D. without
29: A. as soon as B. while C. before D. after
30: A. sponsors B. participants C. judges D. organizers

Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
31: He was a successful ________ in the 18th century. (POEM)
32: Martha ________ to work in a hospital 2 years ago. (VOLUNTARY)
33: New York is the most ________ city in the US, about 8.5 million people. (POPULATE)
34: She is a former tennis world number one but has not played ________ for two years. (COMPETE)
35: Sue was sacked not because of her inexperience, but of her carelessness and ________. (ORGANIZE)

Rewrite the following sentences using the cues given.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 129


36: He felt confident in the reciting competition because he had learnt the poem by heart. (FELT)
Having ........................................................................................................................
37: I didn’t turn left at the station, and I lost my way. (TURNED)
If ................................................................................................................................
38: He said to me, “If I travel to Norway, I will visit your parents.” (IF)
He told me .................................................................................................................
39: “I will help you when you need me”, my sister said. (OFFERED)
My sister ....................................................................................................................
40: “It’s dangerous to stay up late too often. Don’t do it.” Doctors said to us. (AGAINST)
Doctors .......................................................................................................................

o ĐỀ DỰ PHÒNG

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1: Antonym: The price of petroleum has decreased since last week.
A. take care B. gone down C. gone up D. let off
2: More than 200 people were killed in the ________, caused when a dam burst.
A. tsunami B. drought C. earthquake D. flood
3: I have ever advised ________ the dinner table for four .
A. him both phoning and writing B. him to reserve
C. him to phone and writing D. to phone and write him
4: Volunteers will be shown and placed according to the current needs and requirement with
consideration of their skills and background.
A. shown B. background C. according to D. requirement
5: These women said that if they dad known how to use birth control methods, they wouldn’t have many
children.
A. birth control methods B. wouldn’t have C. said D. if
6: What would you do if you ________ the boss of the company?
A. will B. have been C. are D. were
7: The master of the orphanage was very happy to be supported by ________ donations from the rich.
A. helpful B. disadvantaged C. aged D. voluntary
8: Cindy: “Why do many countries in the world lack of food?” – Mary: “Because ________.”
A. Population of the world is increasing quickly.
B. many people don’t know how to use birth control methods
C. the weather is getting warmer
D. farmers are cutting trees for wood
9: Tim: “Nowadays, E sport is popular to teenagers and adults. What do think of?” – Jack: “________.”
A. I agree with you. It is unpopular
B. I spend two hours playing it
C. I don’t think so. Teenagers and adults are keen on it.
D. Both are interested in this game. You’re right.
10: Tom insisted on to give him some money for the birthday party the following Sunday.
A. for B. him C. the following Sunday D. to give
11: ________ from the horseback, he was taken to hospital and had an operation.
A. When falling B. After fallen C. As he was fallen D. After having fallen
12: I regret ________ with him during his illness last week.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 130


A. have not been B. not to be C. was not D. not being
13: The security saw a thief ________ out of the store.
A. had run B. ran C. to run D. running
14: John: “What was the ________ of the match? – Jack: “Three goals to nil.”
A. score B. number C. figure D. point
15: Synonym: Overpopulated countries are facing many problems, including poverty and crime.
A. populous B. amount C. popular D. deserted
16: We often ________ social activities every week.
A. give up B. take part in C. give comfort D. take away

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Songkran is Thai traditional New Year’s National holiday and an occasion for family reunion. At that
time, people from the rural areas who are working in the city usually return home to celebrate the festival.
Thus, when the time comes, Bangkok temporarily turns into a deserted city.
The festival falls on April 1st and annual celebration is held throughout the Kingdom. In fact,
“Songkran” is a Thai word which means “move” or “change place” as it is the day when the sun changes its
position in the Zodiac. It is also known as the “water festival” as Thai people believe that water will wash
away bad luck.
This Thai traditional New Year begins with early morning merit-making, offering food to Buddhist
monks and releasing caged birds to fly freely into the sky. During this auspicious occasion, any animal kept
will be set free.
Paying homage to one’s ancestors is an important part of the day. People will pay their respects to the
elders by pouring scented water over the palms of their hands. The elders in return wish the youngsters
prosperity.
17: Bangkok city becomes quiet in Songkran festival because of ________.
A. rural Thai people’s preparation for pouring water
B. rural Thai people’s moving to new workplaces
C. rural Thai people’s reunion and celebration at home
D. rural Thai people’s activities in their countryside
18: Water is believed to ________.
A. attract foreigners to visit Bangkok B. get rid of bad things and give luck
C. give people more money D. make the Bangkok streets cleaner
19: The LAST paragraph is about ________.
A. respect for ancestors and old people B. releasing animals to get luck
C. protection of wild animals D. pouring water for elders to get luck
20: The main idea of the passage is ________.
A. A special celebration in Thailand B. Describe Bangkok in Songkran festival
C. The reunion at Songkran in Thailand D. The importance of April 1st
21: The word auspicious means ________.
A. favorable B. forgettable C. frightening D. unimportant

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.
More and more young people are (26) ________ voluntary work abroad. The wide variety of job and
destinations available is making an (27) ________ attractive option for those who have just left school and
have a free year (28) ________ university. Many choose to spend these twelve months (29) ________ in

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 131


poor countries. There they will earn little contain no money, but they will be doing something useful and
enjoying the experience. The work may consist (30) ________ helping local communities. For example, by
helping to build new roads or provide water supplies to isolated rural villages.
22: A. going B. creating C. doing D. making
23: A. increased B. increase C. increasingly D. increasing
24: A. during B. before C. after D. while
25: A. being worked B. working C. to work D. worked
26: A. in B. for C. of D. from

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
27: A. club B. computer C. summer D. but
28: A. when B. whole C. why D. which
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
29: A. listen B. problem C. enough D. comfort
30: A. reciting B. performance C. annual D. important

Word Forms
31. Those foreign tourists are looking forward to enjoying Vietnamese Tet holiday with ________. (excite)
32. Jim ________ in Marathon event very year. (participation)
33. Many high school students are interested in doing ________ research. (science)
34. Teenagers ________ participate in joining Green Sunday. (volunteer)
35. Over population, disasters, epidemics are ________ things in the world. (expect)

Sentence transformation
36. After the thieves had broken into the store, they took some valuable jewelry.
Having__________________________________________________________
37. Nick is a careless student, so he often gets bad marks in his tests.
If Nick__________________________________________________________
38. Jack said to Liz, “If you get this job, you can earn a lot of money.”
Jack told Liz that__________________________________________________
39. “I have always wanted to study oversea.” Jimmy said to me. (dreamed)
Jimmy said that___________________________________________________
40. My mother said to me, “Do not forget to learn this song by heart.”
My mother advised________________________________________________

 NĂM HỌC 2017 – 2018


A. MULTIPLE CHOICE:
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
1: They said that more fund-raising activities would be successful if there are more sponsors.
A. be B. activities C. are D. more
2: I admire your spiritual and your passion when trying to win the race with the injury on your leg.
A. win B. with C. spiritual D. trying
3: Those students decided to support people in remotely and mountainous areas.
A. students B. mountainous C. support D. remotely

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 132


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
4: DAVID: “What do you think of the General Knowledge Quiz?”
SUSAN: “____________. It’s an opportunity to test my general knowledge.”
A. Ok, I don’t agree B. Oh, it’s great C. Yes, that’s right D. It’s not a good idea
5: SYNONYM: It is customary for Vietnamese women to wear Ao Dai on some special occasions.
A. old-fashioned B. modern C. traditional D. unusual
6: SARAH: “In my opinion, overpopulation accounts for environmental pollution.”
HENRY: “_______________. The more people, the more garbage!”
A. Yes, they are in danger of extinction now B. Well, I have no idea about populous countries
C. I can’t agree with you more D. Sorry, I totally disagree with you.
7: The Princess’s wedding was a very _________ occasion.
A. grand B. national C. traditional D. lucky
8: Hannah admitted ______ those children to the party without their parents’ permission.
A. having been taken B. to be taking C. having taken D. to have taken
9: The teacher advised us _______ when doing these exercises.
A. careful B. are careful C. to be careful D. being careful
10: SYNONYM: The government has to stop building the railway because of the lack of funds.
A. resource B. shortage C. solution D. insurance
11: These days people have been crazy about the new IPhone product, and I want to save money to
buy_____.
A. one B. ones C. someone D. anyone
12: ______ the performances, the judges started to discuss the scores for each group.
A. To observe B. Having been observed C. To have observed D. Having observed
13: The problem is that we are running out of natural ______ , rare metals for example.
A. resources B. advantages C. fumes D. petroleum
14: Women in the Third World would not have so many children if they ______ not lacking in safe,
inexpensive birth-control methods.
A. are B. are not C. were D. were not
15: “We are grateful to you for helping disadvantaged children in our area, Alan,” Donald said.
 Donald ______ disadvantaged children in their area.
A. suggested helping B. blamed Alan on helping
C. admitted helping D. thanked Alan for helping
16: KIM: “Why do you buy this mask?”
VANESSA: “__________.”
A. Tet is the biggest celebration of our country B. The competition will be interesting
C. The tradition must be kept D. I am preparing for the coming cosplay festival

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.
A quiz competition is a game in which an individual or a whole team attempts to answer the questions
appointed to them correctly in order to gain marks and win a prize. It is sure that a quiz can bring many
advantages (17)______ students because it can help them to look beyond their general (18)______ and
establish a relationship between the theory and applications of what they have learnt during class time.
Besides, quizzes are always designed to create a fun way for students to gain knowledge and look at things
from (19)______ aspects. Moreover, joining a quiz with a team can help an individual know how to learn
from each other and improve their team working skills. Students can also have a good opportunity to make

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 133


new friends from different cultures at the same time. Therefore, it is advisable to (20)______ a child to
participate in quiz competitions to build and develop his or her knowledge and skills.
17: A. on B. for C. at D. to
18: A. opinion B. knowledge C. rule D. interest
19: A. different B. difference C. differ D. differences
20: A. encourage B. promise C. offer D. threaten

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions.
21: A. recite B. promise C. sponsor D. service
22: A. entertain B. decorate C. influence D. celebrate

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
Based on the census* from October 2010, Japan's population was at its peak at 128,057,352. As of
October 1st, 2015, the population was 127,094,745 making it the world's tenth-most populous country at that
time. Since 2010, Japan has experienced the population loss due to falling birth rates and almost
no immigration, despite having one of the highest living expectancies in the world. Using the annual
estimate for October of each year, the population peaked in 2008 at 128,083,960 and had fallen 285,256 by
October 2011.
In 2005, Japan's population density was 336 people per square kilometer. It ranks 37th in a list of
countries by population density, ranking directly above India (336 per km2) and directly below Belgium (341
per km2).
Based on 2012 data from the National Institute of Population and Social Security Research, Japan's
population will keep declining by about one million people every year in the coming decades, which will
leave Japan with a population of 42 million in 2110. More than 40% of the population is expected to be over
the age of 65 in 2060. In 2012, the population declined by 212,000, the largest drop on record since 1947. In
2014, a new record of population drop happened with 268,000 people. In 2013, more than 20 percent of the
population were at the age of 65 and over.
The population ranking of Japan dropped from 7th to 8th in 1990, to 9th in 1998, and to 10th in the early
21st century. In 2015 it dropped further to 11th place. Over the period of 2010–2015, the population shrank by
almost a million.
* census: An official count or survey, especially of a population
[Adapted from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demography_of_Japan]

23: According to the text, how many people lived on a square kilometer in Japan in October 2005?
A. 127,094,745 B. 336 C. 285,256 D. 128,083,960
24: What is the best title of the passage?
A. The Living Standards of Japanese B. A research of National Institute of Population
C. Ageing Population of Japan D. Japan’s Population: Some Facts and Figures
25: Why has Japan’s population decreased since 2010?
A. Because most of the population are immigrants.
B. Due to falling death rates.
C. Due to the highest living standard in the world.
D. Because of the decline in birth rates and immigration.
26: What does the word “estimate” in the first paragraph mean?
A. A criticism on a poem or a piece of literature.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 134


B. An arrangement for something to happen or to be provided.
C. A judgement of the worth or character of someone or something.
D. An approximate calculation of the number, quantity, or extent of something.
27: What is the percentage of people aged 65 and over in 2060 compared with that in 2013?
A. It decreases to 20%. B. It is two times higher.
C. It is about a half. D. It is expected to be more than 20%.

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
28: A. represent B. suggestion C. comment D. shortage
29: A. charity B. scholarship C. peach D. champion
30: A. account B. double C. announce D. amount

Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.
31: Has any______________been made about the English competition? (ANNOUNCE)
32: He wanted her to stay home and be a __________ wife. (TRADITION)
33: These people ______ to join the race to raise funds for homeless children. (VOLUNTARY)
34: That high birth rates and low death rates leads to population ______. (EXPLODE)
35: Students are expected to ______ join their speaking test at the end of the course. (ENTHUSIASM)

Rewrite the sentences, using the words in brackets. DO NOT change the given words.
36: “I will certainly help you with your homework”, Susan said to Linda (TO HELP)
 Susan …………………………………………………………………………………….
37: What about going to the seaside tomorrow?” George said. (SUGGESTED)
 George …………………………………………………………………………………..
38: I didn’t buy the dress because I didn’t have my credit card with me. (HAD)
 If …………………………………………………………………………………….
39: He couldn’t understand the message. He hadn’t learnt any Japanese. (HAVING)
 Not ………………………………………………………………………………….
40: “If it rains, we won’t be able to go on a picnic,” they said. (WOULD)
 They ………………………………………………………………………………..

 NĂM HỌC 2016 – 2017


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
1: A. Tuesday B. use C. cute D. umbrella
2: A. who B. what C. where D. why

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable sentence to complete
each of the following exchanges.
3: STEPHEN: “How about registering for Hidden Voices Competition?”
KELVIN: “________ I love being on TV, singing my favorite songs.”
A. Yeah! Let’s go for it! B. Nope, never!
C. Wow! You’re so beautiful! D. Sound boring!
4: ANNIE: “What do people usually do before Lunar New year?” ~ SIMSON: “________.”
A. There are many traditional festivals in Vietnam B. Decorating and cleaning houses
C. It is really a big occasion D. We are all Vietnamese

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 135


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
5: A ________ is a person chosen or appointed on behalf of another person or a group.
A. judge B. participant C. representative D. competitor
6: The second solution for overpopulation is to provide safe, ________ birth-control methods.
A. expensively B. inexpensive C. expense D. inexpensively
7: Most parents always ________ their children against staying up late at night.
A. warned B. prevented C. allowed D. stopped
8: SYNONYM: The whole family gathered at Ray’s home.
A. expressed B. got together C. dressed up D. exchanged
9: ________ for nine hours, I felt better.
A. Slept B. Have slept C. Have been slept D. Having slept
10: ________ told me she was ill so I didn’t visit her.
A. Everyone B. No one C. Someone D. Anyone
11: If you ________ here yesterday, you would have seen Jean.
A. have been B. had been C. are D. were
th
12: The school has been decorated ________ colorful banners and flowers for its 40 foundation
anniversary.
A. about B. with C. for D. between
13: My family reunion is always filled with a great deal of ________.
A. excitement B. exciting C. excited D. excite

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
“Wife carrying” is a contest in which male competitors race while carrying their female teammates. Its
objective is for the male to carry the female through a special obstacle track in the fastest time. The sport was
first introduced in Finland. It was not until 1992 that the competition became the world championship, and
annually held in Finland. The invention of the game is based on tales which have been passed down from
one person to another about a man named Herkko Rosvo Ronkainen. First, Rosvo Ronkainen and his friends
were accused of stealing food and women from villages in the area he lived in and carried these women on
their backs as they ran away. For the second idea, it has been said that young men would go to villages near
their own, steal other men’s wives, and then have the women become their own wives. These wives were
also carried on the backs of the young men. Lastly, there was the idea that Rosvo Ronkainen trained his
thieves to be “faster and stronger” by carrying pigs, heavy things on their backs, which could have eventually
evolved to a sport because of the hard labor, and muscle strengthening. Even though this sport has been
considered by some as a joke, competitors take it very seriously, just like any other sport. “Wife carrying” is
now practiced in other parts of the world besides Finland, and has a category in the Guinness book of
records.
14: What does the word “passed down” mean?
A. To tell something to someone who is younger than you
B. To bring something to another place
C. To draw something by yourself
D. To replace something which is no longer used
15: Which sentence is NOT correct?
A. In the contest the men are carried by the women.
B. There were three stories about the game.

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 136


C. Finland is the first country that held the contest.
D. “Wife carrying” was officially held all over the world from 1992.
16: According to the passage, what were the thieves taught?
A. Stealing food from villages B. Carrying pigs and heavy things
C. Stealing wives D. Forcing the women to be the wives.
17: What is the passage about?
A. Joke about a competition B. A Guinness book
C. The origin of a competition D. Trained to become thieves

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.
Father’s Day, which is (18) ________ on the third Sunday of June in Europe to honor fathers and their
influence in society, was brought to Latin America by the Spanish and Portuguese. This meaningful
celebration is always (19) ________ held within a family’s range because it is not considered as a public
holiday in some countries. For example, in the Netherlands, fathers often get their breakfast in bed which is
carefully prepared (20) ________ their beloved children; meanwhile, children in Peru are expected (21)
________ some handcrafted cards and gifts to their fathers and spend time with them during most of their
family meals.
18: A. participated B. stimulated C. celebrated D. sponsored
19: A. traditional B. tradition C. traditionally D. traditions
20: A. with B. for C. to D. by
21: A. offering B. to be offered C. to offer D. offered

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
22: A. comfort B. sponsor C. assist D. orphan
23: A. celebrate B. influence C. government D. entertain

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
24: We could had done more to help the handicapped if we had had much time.
A. had had B. to help C. much D. could had
25: The population decrease should be controlled due to our limited natural resources.
A. resources B. to C. be D. decrease
26: He said that if he has more time, he would come to see us.
A. said that B. come C. to see D. has

SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION:
27. Jack: “Remember to get ready for your presentation tomorrow morning, Janet.” (reminded)
Jack ________________________________________________________________________
28. Mrs. Rosie said to me, “My students cannot get high scores because the tests are so difficult.” (could)
Mrs. Rosie told me if ___________________________________________________________

 NĂM HỌC 2015 – 2016


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the main stress in each of the following questions
1: A. advantages B. volunteer C. vacation D. example

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 137


2: A. observe B. control C. reduce D. limit

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions
3: A. two B. twice C. twin D. twenty
4: A. summer B. club C. educate D. public

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Thanksgiving Day has been an annual holiday in the United States since 1863. Not everyone sees
Thanksgiving Day as a cause for celebration. There are claims that the first Thanksgiving Day was held in
the city of El Paso, Texas in 1598. Another early event was held in 1619 in the Virginia Colony. Many
people trace the origins of the modern Thanksgiving Day to the harvest celebration that the Pilgrims held in
Plymouth, Massachusetts in 1621. However, their first true thanksgiving was in 1623, when they gave thanks
for rain that ended a drought. These early thanksgivings took the form of a special church service, rather
than a feast.
In the second half of the 1600s, thanksgivings after the harvest became more common and started to
become annual events. However, it was celebrated on different days in different communities and in some
places there were more than one thanksgiving each year. George Washington, the first president of the
United States, proclaimed the first national Thanksgiving Day in 1789.
5: Which sentence is NOT true about Thanksgiving Day?
A. The first Thanksgiving Day was held in the city of El Paso, Texas in 1621.
B. Thanksgiving Day was believed to be thanks for rain that ended a drought.
C. Thanksgiving Day used to be celebrated on different days in different communities.
D. Thanksgiving Day became an annual event in the second half of the 1600s.
6: The best title for the passage is __________________.
A. The first Thanksgiving Day. B. The development of Thanksgiving Day.
C. Thanksgiving as a harvest celebration. D. The background of Thanksgiving Day.
7: “These early thanksgivings” refers to ________________.
A. Thanksgivings in the first half of 1600s. B. The harvest celebrations.
C. The first national Thanksgiving Day in 1789. D. Thanksgivings in the second half of 1600s.
8: Thanksgiving Day has been a national day in the United States since ________.
A. 1863 B. 1789 C. 1621 D. 1598

Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word(s) for each of the blanks.
Mexico City is growing quickly. In 1970, the city had about 9 million people. Now it has over 17
million. All these people are causing (9)________ for the city. There are not (10)________ jobs. Also, there
is a shortage of housing. Large families have to live (11)________ in small homes. Many homes do not have
water. They also do not have bathrooms and (12)________ .The Mexican government is worried about all
these problems. It is working hard to make life better in the city.
9: A. comments B. things C. problems D. matters
10: A. many B. lack C. enough D. much
11: A. together B. between C. among D. with
12: A. electricity B. electrics C. electronics D. electricians

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 138


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
13: SYNONYM: In tonight’s general knowledge quiz, our contestants come from all over the country.
A. winners B. sponsors C. judges D. competitors
14: If he came here today, I ________ him a special gift.
A. would give B. will give C. give D. would have given
15: You won’t pass the examination _________ much harder.
A. if you didn’t study B. unless you study C. unless you don’t study D. if you study
16: “Congrats, Edward. It’s amazing you’ve won the prize for the second time.”
 Jacob congratulated Edward ________.
A. about winning the second prize B. on the prize winning for the second time
C. for the second time winning the prize D. on winning the prize for the second time
17: Safe birth-control methods for family _________ are not available to women of the Third World.
A. growth B. support C. project D. planning
18: He had to ________ many difficulties in order to reach his goals.
A. suffer B. overcome C. spend D. take care
19: – MAI: “ Do you enjoy the volunteer work?” – NAM: “_________”
A. Yes, I like shopping B. Yes, I like taking care of my children
C. Yes I like helping people D. Yes, I like taking care of my parents.
20: “You should not drink too much beer.”  He __________ me not to drink too much beer.
A. asked B. advised C. promised D. told
21: How many _______ are there in the competition?
A. participations B. participatory C. participates D. participants
22: ERROR IDENTIFICATION: The boy threw a stone at my dog but he denied not doing that.
A. doing B. not C. threw D. at
23: ERROR IDENTIFICATION: How many English contestants have you taken part in up till now?
A. in up B. taken C. contestants D. How
24: A great deal of ________ still builds up well before Tet.
A. exciting B. excitement C. excited D. excite
25: – TIM: “Why do women in the Third World have more children than they want?”
– SAM: “Because _______”.
A. they believe that it’s a way to limit the size of their families
B. health care systems are getting better
C. in those places, there aren’t enough doctors and nurses
D. they don’t know how to use birth control methods
26: ________ told me she was ill, so I didn’t visit her.
A. Anyone B. Someone C. No one D. Everyone

Rewrite the sentences, begin with the words given.


27. “Would you like to come to my birthday party tomorrow, Sarah?” asked Tom.
 Tom invited .............................................................................................................................................
28. “I am sorry I didn’t come to your party last night.” Peter said.
 Peter .........................................................................................................................................................
29. Nicky doesn’t study hard, so he always gets bad marks.
 If Nicky ...................................................................................................................................................
30: Martin failed his singing contest because he was too nervous.
 If ..............................................................................................................................................................

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 139


 NĂM HỌC 2014 – 2015
CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWERS FOR THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS
1: Owen said to Kate if he found her ring, he __________ it back to her.
A. would give B. would have given C. will give D. had given
2: Cinderella thanked the prince __________ inviting her to such lovely evening.
A. at B. to C. about D. for
3: JASON: “Could you please tell me where the post office is?” – PENNY: “__________”.
A. It’s alright B. It’s right behind you
C. Yes please D. Don’t forget to take the map with you
4: If I __________ better, I would go to the cinema with you.
A. have felt B. had felt C. feel D. felt
5: The lack of water caused the death of many trees.
A. difference B. shortage C. policy D. research
6: The judge will observe and __________ your performance.
A. win B. score C. participate D. write
7: MILEY: What’s your opinion about the problem of population explosion? - JUSTIN: “_________”.
A. In my point of view, it can cause lots of troubles.
B. In my opinion, I think we should limit the world population.
C. Yes, the matter is very complicated.
D. How about raising people’s awareness to the problem?
8: Tet holiday is drawing near. Let’s buy some new clothes and dress __________.
A. on B. up C. in D. of
9: RUDY: “__________?” – GEORGE: “ Because speaking English is not my strength.”
A. Why don’t you take part in the English contest
B. Please give me your ideas about the English contest
C. Do you like the English contest
D. How do you know about the English contest
10: GWEN: Could you tell me when the project is going to begin. - BLAKE: “__________”.
A. At the Equatorial hotel, I think. B. Well, let’s me see.
C. I believe we're beginning the project next month. D. Yes, I could.
11: If you happen to see Baymax again, __________ him this present for me?
A. you give B. can you give C. give D. to give
12: There were about two thousand __________ joining in that race.
A. venues B. competitors C. announcers D. poems
13: After hearing the rules, the contestants are required to sign their names.
A. participants B. sponsors C. winners D. participates
14: __________ this book many times, Daisy paid no attention to what I was telling her about it.
A. Having read B. To read C. Have read D. Read
15: The doctor __________ Tania not to carry heavy things.
A. helped B. suggested C. promised D. advised
16: What’s the __________ of your country?
A. populate B. population C. popular D. populous

GAP FILLING
The Gravity Games are fast becoming extremely (17)_______ with young people who have a
preference for a different form of entertainment. The five-day event, which was set up in 1998 (18)_______

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 140


the US, features competitions in extreme sports as well as pop music concerts by famous singers or groups.
Over 250 athletes from all over the world (19)_______ part in seven different competitions, including
skateboarding, biking and other (20)_______ events. Athletes have to train for a long time (21)_______
themselves for the competitions. The games receive a lot of attention from the media and are broadcast live
all over the world. So, if you want to see something really special, do yourself a favor and watch this year’s
Gravity Games. For more information about the Games, visit their website on the Internet.
17: A. friendly B. popular C. disappointed D. interested
18: A. on B. over C. in D. at
19: A. take B. spend C. compete D. stay
20: A. excited B. exciting C. excite D. excitement
21: A. to make B. to prepare C. to complete D. to celebrate

READING COMPREHENSION
Tet is the most important holiday of the Vietnamese to celebrate and welcome a new year. At Tet, all
things are supposed to be new and fresh to bring fresh, lucky and best things for the coming year. Therefore,
the Vietnamese prepare carefully to welcome the grand occasion.
House cleaning and decoration is one of the most important activities in preparation list. People will
repaint their house, buy new items and re-new the old ones. Parallel sentences, traditional paintings, trees for
Tet such as apricot, peach blossom… are required materials for decoration for Tet.
Shopping for Tet is the most interesting preparation. This is not only a duty but also a way to enjoy the
Tet. While doing shopping, they prefer walking around and around flower market to watch, to enjoy
beautiful flowers and fruits before making their purchase. Fruits, flowers, jams are unforgettable things in
their shopping list for the Tet.
Making decoration for ancestral altar and worshiping the ancestor is also the center of series of
activity for Tet. Light, flowers and fruits as offering are decorative items. Fruits to place on the altar must
have five types: custard - apple, fig, coconut, papaw and mango.
Preparing food for Tet is another action in the list. Vegetable pickles, bánh Chưng, bánh Tét, simmered
meat are common dishes for Tet.
Now, we are ready to welcome the New Year! If you have a chance, do not miss these activities.
Something amazing is waiting for you.
22: According to the text, how many steps are there for Tet preparation?
A. Four steps B. Five steps C. Three steps D. Two steps
23: Which statement is NOT CORRECT according to the text?
A. Most people think shopping for Tet as only a chore.
B. Coconut is often offered to the ancestor.
C. Houses are decorated with parallel paintings, trees and flowers at Tet.
D. People cook special dishes for Tet holiday.
24: What can you infer from the third paragraph?
A. People often forget to buy jams when shopping.
B. Many people don’t enjoy walking around much while shopping.
C. The customers buy the fruit without tasting it first.
D. People usually list the things they need to buy before Tet shopping.
25: What is the best title for the passage?
A. The most important holiday B. Advices for Tet holiday
C. Traditional preparations for Tet D. Activities on Tet holiday
26: The word “worshiping” in the fourth paragraph has the closest meaning to:
A. decorating B. remembering C. reminding D. praying to

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 141


ERROR IDENTIFICATION
27: “Mr. Santa Claus allowed me to pick a present in his bag, and I chose the most colorful ones after
careful consideration.”
A. careful consideration B. to pick C. in D. ones
28: “I intend to participate to the literature club. Can you make any suggestion on the poem that I should
recite?”
A. poem B. intend C. can you make D. to
29: “After watching a horror film last week, Annabella asked me if I saw a ghost, what would I do.
A. last week B. saw C. watching D. would I
30: “Hana couldn’t answer all the questions smoothly, which made her teacher very happy.”
A. her B. questions C. smoothly D. couldn’t answer

WRITING
31: The teacher _______________ .
A. accused Anna on not studying hard. B. accused Anna for not studying hard.
C. accused Anna not to study hard. D. accused Anna of not studying hard.
32: “Why don’t we wait until everyone has arrived?”, Barney said.  __________ until everyone had
arrived.
A. Barney suggested waiting B. Barney was told to wait
C. Barney asked why they didn’t wait D. Barney admitted waiting
33: My brother/ buy/ sport car/ he/ have / money.
A. My brother would have bought a sport car if he had money.
B. My brother will buy a sport car if he had money.
C. My brother would buy a sport car if he had money.
D. My brother would buy a sport car if he has money.
34: “If it rains tomorrow, I won’t have to water the plants.” She said.
A. She said if it rains the following day, she won’t have to water the plants.
B. She said if it had rained the following day, she wouldn’t have had to water the plants.
C. She said if it rained the following day, she wouldn’t have to water the plants.
D. She said if it had rained the following day, she wouldn’t have to water the plants.
35: “If you are in trouble, I will come to help you”, Jack said.  Jack __________ if I were in trouble.
A. promised to help me B. said to help me C. told to help me D. admitted helping

CHOOSE THE WORD WHICH IS STRESSED DIFFERENTLY FROM THE REST.


36: A. relative B. decorate C. pagoda D. calendar
37: A. banner B. limit C. aware D. sponsor

CHOOSE THE WORD WHICH HAS THE UNDERLINED PART PRONOUNCED DIFFERENTLY
FROM THE REST.
38: A. stamp B. style C. future D. study
39: A. chalk B. chase C. chemical D. choose
40: A. recite B. housewife C. official D. polite

Thu Duc High School – Grade 11 – First Semester Page 142

You might also like